6.6.2 Out of band emission

36.521-13GPPEvolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)Part 1: Conformance testingRadio transmission and receptionRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification

Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the nominal channel resulting from the modulation process and non-linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions. This out of band emission limit is specified in terms of a Spectrum Emission Mask and Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio.

6.6.2.1 Spectrum Emission Mask

6.6.2.1.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth.

6.6.2.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

6.6.2.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1.3-1 the spurious requirements in clause 6.6.3 are applicable.

The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1.3-1 for the specified channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-10

-13

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.1.

6.6.2.1.4 Test description

6.6.2.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

N/A for SEM testing

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

6

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

15

15

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

16QAM

8

8

5MHz

16QAM

25

25

10MHz

QPSK

50

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

16QAM

12

12

10MHz

16QAM

50

(Note 4)

50

(Note 4)

15MHz

QPSK

75

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

16QAM

16

16

15MHz

16QAM

75

(Note 4)

75

(Note 4)

20MHz

QPSK

100

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

16QAM

18

18

20MHz

16QAM

100

(Note 4)

100

(Note 4)

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause 6.2.3.3.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1.4.3.

6.6.2.1.4.2 Test procedure

SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3.5-1 for Power Class 3 UEs or in 6.2.3_1.5-1 for HPUE (Power Class 1 or Power Class 2 UEs). The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1.5-1 or 6.6.2.1.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.1.5 Test requirements

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1.5-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.1.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1_1 Spectrum Emission Mask for Multi-Cluster PUSCH

6.6.2.1_1.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth for Multi-Cluster PUSCH transmission.

6.6.2.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support multi cluster PUSCH within a component carrier for the tested band.

6.6.2.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1_1.3-1 the spurious requirements in clause 6.6.3 are applicable.

The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1_1.3-1 for the specified channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1_1.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-10

-13

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.1.

6.6.2.1_1.4 Test description

6.6.2.1_1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Configuration ID

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

N/A for SEM testing

Mod’n

Cluster1 RB allocations

(LCRB @ RBstart)

Cluster2 RB allocations

(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

5MHz

16QAM

2@0

1@24

2

5MHz

16QAM

18@0

2@22

3

5MHz

16QAM

2@0

18@6

4

10MHz

16QAM

3@0

2@48

5

10MHz

16QAM

42@0

3@45

6

10MHz

16QAM

3@0

42@6

7

15MHz

16QAM

8@0

7@68

8

15MHz

16QAM

60@0

4@68

9

15MHz

16QAM

4@0

60@12

10

20MHz

16QAM

4@0

4@96

11

20MHz

16QAM

92@0

4@96

12

20MHz

16QAM

4@0

92@8

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1_1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1.4.3.

6.6.2.1_1.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1_1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3_2.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1_1.5-1 or 6.6.2.1_1.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1_1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.1_1.5 Test requirements

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.1_1.5-1 or Table 6.6.2.1_1.5-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1_1.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.1_1.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1A Spectrum emission mask for CA

6.6.2.1A.0 Minimum conformance requirements

For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA bands, the spectrum emission mask of the UE is defined per component carrier while both component carriers are active and the requirements are specified in subclauses 6.6.2.1.3 and 6.6.2.2.3. If for some frequency spectrum emission masks of component carriers overlap then spectrum emission mask allowing higher power spectral density applies for that frequency. If for some frequency a component carrier spectrum emission mask overlaps with the channel bandwidth of another component carrier, then the emission mask does not apply for that frequency.

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the ± edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2A-1) For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the bandwidth class B and C, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1A.0-1 and Table 6.6.2.1A.0-2 for the specified channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1A.0-1: General E-UTRA CA spectrum emission mask for Bandwidth Class B

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

25RB+25RB

(9.8MHz)

25RB+50RB

(14.95 MHz)

25RB+75RB

(19.8MHz)

50RB+50RB

(19.9 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-18

-20

-21

-21

30 kHz

± 1-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-9.8

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 9.8-14.8

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 14.8-14.95

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 14.95-19.80

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 19.80-19.90

-25

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 19.90-19.95

-25

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 19.95-24.80

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 24.80-24.90

-25

1 MHz

Table 6.6.2.1A.0-2: General E-UTRA CA spectrum emission mask for Bandwidth Class C

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

25RB+100RB

(24.95MHz)

50RB+75RB

(24.75 MHz)

50RB+100RB

(29.9 MHz)

75RB+75RB (30 MHz)

75RB+100RB

(34.85 MHz)

100RB+100RB

(39.8 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-22

-22

-22.5

-22.5

-23.5

-24

30 kHz

± 1-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-24.75

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 24.75-24.95

-13

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 24.95-29.75

-25

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 29.75-29.9

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 29.9-29.95

-25

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 29.95-30

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 30-34.85

-25

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 34.85-34.9

-25

-25

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 34.9-35

-25

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 35-39.8

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 39.8-39.85

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 39.85-44.8

-25

1 MHz

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation transmission the spectrum emission mask requirement is defined as a composite spectrum emissions mask. Composite spectrum emission mask applies to frequencies up to ± ΔfOOB starting from the edges of the sub-blocks. Composite spectrum emission mask is defined as follows:

a) Composite spectrum emission mask is a combination of individual sub-block spectrum emissions masks

b) In case the sub-block consist of one component carrier the sub-lock general spectrum emission mask is defined in subclause 6.6.2.1.3

c) If for some frequency sub-block spectrum emission masks overlap then spectrum emission mask allowing higher power spectral density applies for that frequency

d) If for some frequency a sub-block spectrum emission mask overlaps with the sub-block bandwidth of another sub-block, then the emission mask does not apply for that frequency.

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with three uplink component carriers (up to two contiguously aggregated carriers per band), the spectrum emission mask of the UE is defined per E-UTRA band while all component carriers are active. For the E-UTRA band supporting one component carrier the requirements in subclauses 6.6.2.1.3 and 6.6.2.2.3 apply. For the E-UTRA band supporting two contiguous component carriers the requirements specified in subclause 6.6.2.1A.0 apply. If for some frequency spectrum emission masks of single component carrier and two contiguous component carriers overlap then spectrum emission mask allowing higher power spectral density applies for that frequency. If for some frequency spectrum emission masks of single component carrier or two contiguous component carriers overlap then the emission mask does not apply for that frequency.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.1A.

6.6.2.1A.1 Spectrum emission mask for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)

6.6.2.1A.1.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA.

6.6.2.1A.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA.

6.6.2.1A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.

6.6.2.1A.1.4 Test description

6.6.2.1A.1.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1A.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Low and High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest NRB_agg
Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

ID

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

25

25

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

2

25

25

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

3

25

25

QPSK

50

P_25@0

S_25@0

4

25

25

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

5

25

25

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

6

25

25

16QAM

50

P_25@0

S_25@0

7

25

25

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@24

8

50

25

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

9

50

25

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

10

50

25

QPSK

75

P_50@0

S_25@0

11

50

25

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

12

50

25

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

13

50

25

16QAM

75

P_50@0

S_25@0

14

50

25

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@24

15

50

50

QPSK

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

16

50

50

QPSK

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

17

50

50

QPSK

100

P_50@0

S_50@0

18

50

50

16QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

19

50

50

16QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

20

50

50

16QAM

100

P_50@0

S_50@0

21

50

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@49

22

75

25

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

23

75

25

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

24

75

25

QPSK

100

P_75@0

S_25@0

25

75

25

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

26

75

25

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

27

75

25

16QAM

100

P_75@0

S_25@0

28

75

25

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@24

29

75

50

QPSK

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

30

75

50

QPSK

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

31

75

50

QPSK

125

P_75@0

S_50@0

32

75

50

16QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

33

75

50

16QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

34

75

50

16QAM

125

P_75@0

S_50@0

35

75

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@49

36

75

75

N/A for this test

QPSK

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

37

75

75

QPSK

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

38

75

75

QPSK

150

P_75@0

S_75@0

39

75

75

16QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

40

75

75

16QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

41

75

75

16QAM

150

P_75@0

S_75@0

42

75

75

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

43

100

25

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

44

100

25

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

45

100

25

QPSK

125

P_100@0

S_25@0

46

100

25

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

47

100

25

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

48

100

25

16QAM

125

P_100@0

S_25@0

49

100

25

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@24

50

100

50

QPSK

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

51

100

50

QPSK

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

52

100

50

QPSK

150

P_100@0

S_50@0

53

100

50

16QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

54

100

50

16QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

55

100

50

16QAM

150

P_100@0

S_50@0

56

100

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@49

57

100

75

QPSK

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

58

100

75

QPSK

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

59

100

75

QPSK

175

P_100@0

S_75@0

60

100

75

16QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

61

100

75

16QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

62

100

75

16QAM

175

P_100@0

S_75@0

63

100

75

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

64

100

100

QPSK

18

P_18@0

S_0@0

65

100

100

QPSK

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

66

100

100

QPSK

200

P_100@0

S_100@0

67

100

100

16QAM

18

P_18@0

S_0@0

68

100

100

16QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

69

100

100

16QAM

200

P_100@0

S_100@0

70

100

100

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@99

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1A.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.1.4.3.

6.6.2.1A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.1.5-1 or 6.6.2.1A.1.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.1A.1.5 Test Requirements

The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 as appropriate,

and

the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-2 for Bandwidth Class C and Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-3 or Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-4 for Bandwidth Class B, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1A.1.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, E-UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

25RB+100RB

(24.95MHz)

50RB+75RB

(24.75 MHz)

50RB+100RB

(29.9 MHz)

75RB+75RB (30 MHz)

75RB+100RB

(34.85 MHz)

100RB+100RB

(39.8 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-20.5

-20.5

-21

-21

-22

-22.5

30 kHz

± 1-5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

± 5-24.75

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 24.75-24.95

-23.5

1 MHz

± 24.95-29.75

-23.5

1 MHz

± 29.75-29.9

1 MHz

± 29.9-29.95

-23.5

1 MHz

± 29.95-30

1 MHz

± 30-34.85

-23.5

1 MHz

± 34.85-34.9

-23.5

1 MHz

± 34.9-35

1 MHz

± 35-39.8

1 MHz

± 39.8-39.85

-23.5

1 MHz

± 39.85-44.8

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1A.1.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, 3GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

25RB+100RB

(24.95MHz)

50RB+75RB

(24.75 MHz)

50RB+100RB

(29.9 MHz)

75RB+75RB (30 MHz)

75RB+100RB

(34.85 MHz)

100RB+100RB

(39.8 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-20.2

-20.2

-20.7

-20.7

-21.7

-22.2

30 kHz

± 1-5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

± 5-24.75

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

± 24.75-24.95

-23.2

1 MHz

± 24.95-29.75

-23.2

1 MHz

± 29.75-29.9

1 MHz

± 29.9-29.95

-23.2

1 MHz

± 29.95-30

1 MHz

± 30-34.85

-23.2

1 MHz

± 34.85-34.9

-23.2

1 MHz

± 34.9-35

1 MHz

± 35-39.8

1 MHz

± 39.8-39.85

-23.2

1 MHz

± 39.85-44.8

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1A.1.5-3: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B, E-UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

25RB+25RB

(9.8MHz)

25RB+50RB

(14.95 MHz)

25RB+75RB

(19.8MHz)

50RB+50RB

(19.9 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

-19.5

30 kHz

± 1-5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

± 5-9.8

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 9.8-14.8

-23.5

1 MHz

± 14.8-14.95

1 MHz

± 14.95-19.80

-23.5

1 MHz

± 19.80-19.90

-23.5

1 MHz

± 19.90-19.95

-23.5

1 MHz

± 19.95-24.80

1 MHz

± 24.80-24.90

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1A.1.5-4: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B, 3GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

25RB+25RB

(9.8MHz)

25RB+50RB

(14.95 MHz)

25RB+75RB

(19.8MHz)

50RB+50RB

(19.9 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

-19.2

30 kHz

± 1-5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

± 5-9.8

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

± 9.8-14.8

-23.2

1 MHz

± 14.8-14.95

1 MHz

± 14.95-19.80

-23.2

1 MHz

± 19.80-19.90

-23.2

1 MHz

± 19.90-19.95

-23.2

1 MHz

± 19.95-24.80

1 MHz

± 24.80-24.90

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1A.2 Spectrum emission mask for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA)

6.6.2.1A.2.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA.

6.6.2.1A.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA.

6.6.2.1A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.

6.6.2.1A.2.4 Test description

6.6.2.1A.2.4.1 Initial condition

Same as in clause 6.6.2.1A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 5.4.2A.1-1🡪 use Table 5.4.2A.1-2 for CA configurations with two bands or Table 5.4.2A.1-2a for CA configurations with three bands.

– Instead of Table 6.6.2.1A.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.1A.2.4.1-1.

– Instead of clause 6.6.2.1A.1.4.3 use clause 6.6.2.1A.2.4.3.

Table 6.6.2.1A.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes.

Low range for PCC and SCC

High range for PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest NRB_agg

Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

6

25

N/Afor this test

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

6

25

QPSK

2

P_1@5

S_1@24

6

25

QPSK

13

P_5@0

S_8@0

6

25

QPSK

13

P_5@1

S_8@17

6

25

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

6

25

16QAM

2

P_1@5

S_1@24

6

25

16QAM

13

P_5@0

S_8@0

6

25

16QAM

13

P_5@1

S_8@17

6

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

6

50

QPSK

2

P_1@5

S_1@49

6

50

QPSK

17

P_5@0

S_12@0

6

50

QPSK

17

P_5@1

S_12@38

6

50

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

6

50

16QAM

2

P_1@5

S_1@49

6

50

16QAM

17

P_5@0

S_12@0

6

50

16QAM

17

P_5@1

S_12@38

15

25

QPSK

2

S_1@0

S_1@0

15

25

QPSK

2

S_1@14

S_1@24

15

25

QPSK

12

S_4@0

S_8@0

15

25

QPSK

12

S_4@11

S_8@17

15

25

16QAM

2

S_1@0

S_1@0

15

25

16QAM

2

S_1@14

S_1@24

15

25

16QAM

12

S_4@0

S_8@0

15

25

16QAM

12

S_4@11

S_8@17

25

6

QPSK

2

S_1@0

P_1@0

25

6

QPSK

2

S_1@24

P_1@5

25

6

QPSK

13

S_8@0

P_5@0

25

6

QPSK

13

S_8@17

P_5@1

25

6

16QAM

2

S_1@0

P_1@0

25

6

16QAM

2

S_1@24

P_1@5

25

6

16QAM

13

S_8@0

P_5@0

25

6

16QAM

13

S_8@17

P_5@1

25

15

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

25

15

QPSK

2

P_1@24

S_1@14

25

15

QPSK

12

P_8@0

S_4@0

25

15

QPSK

12

P_8@17

S_4@11

25

15

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

25

15

16QAM

2

P_1@24

S_1@14

25

15

16QAM

12

P_8@0

S_4@0

25

15

16QAM

12

P_8@17

S_4@11

25

25

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

25

25

QPSK

2

P_1@24

S_1@24

25

25

QPSK

16

P_8@0

S_8@0

25

25

QPSK

16

P_8@17

S_8@17

25

25

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

25

25

16QAM

2

P_1@24

S_1@24

25

25

16QAM

16

P_8@0

S_8@0

25

25

16QAM

16

P_8@17

S_8@17

25

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

25

50

QPSK

2

P_1@24

S_1@49

25

50

QPSK

20

P_8@0

S_12@0

25

50

QPSK

20

P_8@17

S_12@38

25

50

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

25

50

16QAM

2

P_1@24

S_1@49

25

50

16QAM

20

P_8@0

S_12@0

25

50

16QAM

20

P_8@17

S_12@38

50

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

50

50

QPSK

2

P_1@49

S_1@49

50

50

QPSK

24

P_12@0

S_12@0

50

50

QPSK

24

P_12@38

S_12@38

50

50

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

50

50

16QAM

2

P_1@49

S_1@49

50

50

16QAM

24

P_12@0

S_12@0

50

50

16QAM

24

P_12@38

S_12@38

50

100

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

50

100

QPSK

2

P_1@49

S_1@99

50

100

QPSK

30

P_12@0

S_18@0

50

100

QPSK

30

P_12@38

S_18@82

50

100

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

50

100

16QAM

2

P_1@49

S_1@99

50

100

16QAM

30

P_12@0

S_18@0

50

100

16QAM

30

P_12@38

S_18@82

75

25

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

75

25

QPSK

2

P_1@74

S_1@24

75

25

QPSK

24

P_16@0

S_8@0

75

25

QPSK

24

P_16@59

S_8@17

75

25

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

75

25

16QAM

2

P_1@74

S_1@24

75

25

16QAM

24

P_16@0

S_8@0

75

25

16QAM

24

P_16@59

S_8@17

75

75

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

75

75

QPSK

2

P_1@74

S_1@74

75

75

QPSK

32

P_16@0

S_16@0

75

75

QPSK

32

P_16@59

S_16@59

75

75

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

75

75

16QAM

2

P_1@74

S_1@74

75

75

16QAM

32

P_16@0

S_16@0

75

75

16QAM

32

P_16@59

S_16@59

100

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

100

50

QPSK

2

P_1@99

S_1@49

100

50

QPSK

30

P_18@0

S_12@0

100

50

QPSK

30

P_18@82

S_12@38

100

50

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

100

50

16QAM

2

P_1@99

S_1@49

100

50

16QAM

30

P_18@0

S_12@0

100

50

16QAM

30

P_18@82

S_12@38

100

75

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

100

75

QPSK

2

P_1@99

S_1@74

100

75

QPSK

34

P_18@0

S_16@0

100

75

QPSK

34

P_18@82

S_16@59

100

75

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

100

75

16QAM

2

P_1@99

S_1@74

100

75

16QAM

34

P_18@0

S_16@0

100

75

16QAM

34

P_18@82

S_16@59

100

100

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

100

100

QPSK

2

P_1@99

S_1@99

100

100

QPSK

36

P_18@0

S_18@0

100

100

QPSK

36

P_18@82

S_18@82

100

100

16QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@0

100

100

16QAM

2

P_1@99

S_1@99

100

100

16QAM

36

P_18@0

S_18@0

100

100

16QAM

36

P_18@82

S_18@82

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

6.6.2.1A.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power for each CC, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for PCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.2.5-1 or 6.6.2.1A.2.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

8. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for SCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.2.5-1 or 6.6.2.1A.2.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1A.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.1A.2.5 Test Requirements

Editor’s note: Need further investigation for test requirements in case some frequency spectrum emission masks of component carriers overlap for future coming inter-band UL CA combinations

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth for each CC, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission per component carrier derived in step 7 and 8 shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1A.2.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1A.2.5-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1A.2.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.1A.2.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1A.3 Spectrum emission mask for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA)

6.6.2.1A.3.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA.

6.6.2.1A.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA.

6.6.2.1A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.

6.6.2.1A.3.4 Test description

6.6.2.1A.3.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-3. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1A.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1A.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Refer to test points

A: Low Wgap, Maximum Wgap

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Refer to test point

Test only test points with

Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC

Highest NRB for PCC and SCC

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

Wgap
[MHz]

DL Allocation

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs NRB

CC MOD

PCC & SCC
RB allocation

CC MOD

PCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

CC MOD

SCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations

1

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@24

2

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@0

3

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@24

4

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@0

5

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@99

6

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@75

7

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_100@0

16QAM

S_100@0

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1A.3.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.3.4.3.

6.6.2.1A.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels except PHICH.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.3.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.3.5-1 or 6.6.2.1A.3.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1A.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.1A.3.5 Test Requirements

The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 as appropriate,

and

the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1A.3.5-1.

Table 6.6.2.1A.3.5-1: E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA_4A-4A

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

25RB+25RB (Max Gap)

25RB+25RB (Mid range)

100RB+100RB

Frequency ranges[MHz]

Limit [dBm]

MBW

[MHz]

Frequency ranges[MHz]

Limit [dBm]

MBW

Frequency ranges[MHz]

Limit [dBm]

MBW

[MHz]

1700-1704

-23.5

1

1715-1719

-23.5

1

1685-1690

-23.5

1

1704-1705

-11.5

1

1719-1720

-11.5

1

1690-1705

-11.5

1

1705-1709

-8.5

1

1720-1724

-8.5

1

1705-1709

-8.5

1

1709-1710

-13.5

0.03

1724-1725

-13.5

0.03

1709-1710

-19.5

0.03

1715-1716

-13.5

0.03

1730-1731

-13.5

0.03

1730-1731

-19.5

0.03

1716-1720

-8.5

1

1732-1734

-8.5

1

1731-1734

-8.5

1

1720-1721

-11.5

1

1734-1735

-13.5

0.03

1734-1735

-19.5

0.03

1721-1725

-23.5

1

1740-1744

-23.5

1

1741-1745

-8.5

1

1756-1760

-8.5

1

1744-1745

-11.5

1

1745-1746

-11.5

1

1760-1775

-11.5

1

1745-1749

-8.5

1

1746-1750

-23.5

1

1775-1780

-23.5

1

1749-1750

-13.5

0.03

1755-1756

-13.5

0.03

1756-1760

-8.5

1

1760-1761

-11.5

1

1761-1765

-23.5

1

Note 1: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 30kHz filter is the inside of +0.015MHz and -0.015MHz, respectively.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: MBW denotes Measurement Bandwidth with which the requirement has to be met.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1A.4 Spectrum emission mask for CA (3UL CA)

6.6.2.1A.4.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA.

6.6.2.1A.4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support intra-band contiguous or inter-band and 3UL CA.

6.6.2.1A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.

6.6.2.1A.4.4 Test description

6.6.2.1A.4.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-3. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth and are shown in table 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-1 & 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-2. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for intra-band contiguous CA

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Low and High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest NRB_agg
Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

ID

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

100

25

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

2

100

25

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

3

100

25

QPSK

150

P_100@0

S_25@0

S_25@0

4

100

25

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

5

100

25

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

6

100

25

16QAM

150

P_100@0

S_25@0

S_25@0

7

100

25

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@24

S_1@24

8

75

75

QPSK

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

9

75

75

QPSK

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

10

75

75

QPSK

225

P_75@0

S_75@0

S_75@0

11

75

75

16QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

12

75

75

16QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

13

75

75

16QAM

225

P_75@0

S_75@0

S_75@0

14

75

75

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@74

S_1@74

15

100

50

QPSK

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

16

100

50

QPSK

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

17

100

50

QPSK

200

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_50@0

18

100

50

16QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

19

100

50

16QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

20

100

50

16QAM

200

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_50@0

21

100

50

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@49

S_1@49

22

100

75

QPSK

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

23

100

75

QPSK

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

24

100

75

QPSK

250

P_100@0

S_75@0

S_75@0

25

100

75

16QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

26

100

75

16QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

27

100

75

16QAM

250

P_100@0

S_75@0

S_75@0

28

100

75

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@74

S_1@74

29

100

100

QPSK

18

P_18@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

30

100

100

QPSK

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

31

100

100

QPSK

300

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

32

100

100

16QAM

18

P_18@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

33

100

100

16QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

34

100

100

16QAM

300

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

35

100

100

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@99

S_1@99

36

25

50

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

37

25

50

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

38

25

50

QPSK

125

P_25@0

S_50@0

S_50@0

39

25

50

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

40

25

50

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

41

25

50

16QAM

125

P_25@0

S_50@0

S_50@0

42

25

50

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@49

S_1@49

43

50

50

QPSK

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

44

50

50

QPSK

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

45

50

50

QPSK

150

P_50@0

S_50@0

S_50@0

46

50

50

16QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

47

50

50

16QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

48

50

50

16QAM

150

P_50@0

S_50@0

S_50@0

49

50

50

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@49

S_1@49

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Table 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for inter-band CA

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes.

Low range for PCC and SCC

High range for PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest NRB_agg

Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

6

25

N/Afor this test

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

6

25

QPSK

3

P_1@5

S_1@24

S_1@24

6

25

QPSK

21

P_5@0

S_8@0

S_8@0

6

25

QPSK

21

P_5@1

S_8@17

S_8@17

6

25

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

6

25

16QAM

3

P_1@5

S_1@24

S_1@24

6

25

16QAM

21

P_5@0

S_8@0

S_8@0

6

25

16QAM

21

P_5@1

S_8@17

S_8@17

6

50

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

6

50

QPSK

3

P_1@5

S_1@49

S_1@49

6

50

QPSK

29

P_5@0

S_12@0

S_12@0

6

50

QPSK

29

P_5@1

S_12@38

S_12@38

6

50

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

6

50

16QAM

3

P_1@5

S_1@49

S_1@49

6

50

16QAM

29

P_5@0

S_12@0

S_12@0

6

50

16QAM

29

P_5@1

S_12@38

S_12@38

15

25

QPSK

3

S_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

15

25

QPSK

3

S_1@14

S_1@24

S_1@24

15

25

QPSK

20

S_4@0

S_8@0

S_8@0

15

25

QPSK

20

S_4@11

S_8@17

S_8@17

15

25

16QAM

3

S_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

15

25

16QAM

3

S_1@14

S_1@24

S_1@24

15

25

16QAM

20

S_4@0

S_8@0

S_8@0

15

25

16QAM

20

S_4@11

S_8@17

S_8@17

25

6

QPSK

3

S_1@0

P_1@0

P_1@0

25

6

QPSK

3

S_1@24

P_1@5

P_1@5

25

6

QPSK

18

S_8@0

P_5@0

P_5@0

25

6

QPSK

18

S_8@17

P_5@1

P_5@1

25

6

16QAM

3

S_1@0

P_1@0

P_1@0

25

6

16QAM

3

S_1@24

P_1@5

P_1@5

25

6

16QAM

18

S_8@0

P_5@0

P_5@0

25

6

16QAM

18

S_8@17

P_5@1

P_5@1

25

15

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

25

15

QPSK

3

P_1@24

S_1@14

S_1@14

25

15

QPSK

16

P_8@0

S_4@0

S_4@0

25

15

QPSK

16

P_8@17

S_4@11

S_4@11

25

15

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

25

15

16QAM

3

P_1@24

S_1@14

S_1@14

25

15

16QAM

16

P_8@0

S_4@0

S_4@0

25

15

16QAM

16

P_8@17

S_4@11

S_4@11

25

25

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

25

25

QPSK

3

P_1@24

S_1@24

S_1@24

25

25

QPSK

24

P_8@0

S_8@0

S_8@0

25

25

QPSK

24

P_8@17

S_8@17

S_8@17

25

25

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

25

25

16QAM

3

P_1@24

S_1@24

S_1@24

25

25

16QAM

24

P_8@0

S_8@0

S_8@0

25

25

16QAM

24

P_8@17

S_8@17

S_8@17

25

50

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

25

50

QPSK

3

P_1@24

S_1@49

S_1@49

25

50

QPSK

32

P_8@0

S_12@0

S_12@0

25

50

QPSK

32

P_8@17

S_12@38

S_12@38

25

50

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

25

50

16QAM

3

P_1@24

S_1@49

S_1@49

25

50

16QAM

32

P_8@0

S_12@0

S_12@0

25

50

16QAM

32

P_8@17

S_12@38

S_12@38

50

50

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

50

50

QPSK

3

P_1@49

S_1@49

S_1@49

50

50

QPSK

36

P_12@0

S_12@0

S_12@0

50

50

QPSK

36

P_12@38

S_12@38

S_12@38

50

50

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

50

50

16QAM

3

P_1@49

S_1@49

S_1@49

50

50

16QAM

36

P_12@0

S_12@0

S_12@0

50

50

16QAM

36

P_12@38

S_12@38

S_12@38

50

100

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

50

100

QPSK

3

P_1@49

S_1@99

S_1@99

50

100

QPSK

48

P_12@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

50

100

QPSK

48

P_12@38

S_18@82

S_18@82

50

100

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

50

100

16QAM

3

P_1@49

S_1@99

S_1@99

50

100

16QAM

48

P_12@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

50

100

16QAM

48

P_12@38

S_18@82

S_18@82

75

25

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

75

25

QPSK

3

P_1@74

S_1@24

S_1@24

75

25

QPSK

32

P_16@0

S_8@0

S_8@0

75

25

QPSK

32

P_16@59

S_8@17

S_8@17

75

25

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

75

25

16QAM

3

P_1@74

S_1@24

S_1@24

75

25

16QAM

32

P_16@0

S_8@0

S_8@0

75

25

16QAM

32

P_16@59

S_8@17

S_8@17

75

75

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

75

75

QPSK

3

P_1@74

S_1@74

S_1@74

75

75

QPSK

48

P_16@0

S_16@0

S_16@0

75

75

QPSK

48

P_16@59

S_16@59

S_16@59

75

75

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

75

75

16QAM

3

P_1@74

S_1@74

S_1@74

75

75

16QAM

48

P_16@0

S_16@0

S_16@0

75

75

16QAM

48

P_16@59

S_16@59

S_16@59

100

50

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

100

50

QPSK

3

P_1@99

S_1@49

S_1@49

100

50

QPSK

42

P_18@0

S_12@0

S_12@0

100

50

QPSK

42

P_18@82

S_12@38

S_12@38

100

50

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

100

50

16QAM

3

P_1@99

S_1@49

S_1@49

100

50

16QAM

42

P_18@0

S_12@0

S_12@0

100

50

16QAM

42

P_18@82

S_12@38

S_12@38

100

75

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

100

75

QPSK

3

P_1@99

S_1@74

S_1@74

100

75

QPSK

50

P_18@0

S_16@0

S_16@0

100

75

QPSK

50

P_18@82

S_16@59

S_16@59

100

75

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

100

75

16QAM

3

P_1@99

S_1@74

S_1@74

100

75

16QAM

50

P_18@0

S_16@0

S_16@0

100

75

16QAM

50

P_18@82

S_16@59

S_16@59

100

100

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

100

100

QPSK

3

P_1@99

S_1@99

S_1@99

100

100

QPSK

54

P_18@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

100

100

QPSK

54

P_18@82

S_18@82

S_18@82

100

100

16QAM

3

P_1@0

S_1@0

S_1@0

100

100

16QAM

3

P_1@99

S_1@99

S_1@99

100

100

16QAM

54

P_18@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

100

100

16QAM

54

P_18@82

S_18@82

S_18@82

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-1 & 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.4.4.3.

6.6.2.1A.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels except PHICH.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1.5. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.4.5, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1A.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.1A.4.5 Test Requirements

The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1A.4.5.

Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-1: :General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, E-UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz– intra-band contiguous CA

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB (MHz)

25RB+100RB

(24.95 MHz)

50RB+100RB (29.9 MHz)

75RB+75RB (30 MHz)

75RB+100RB (34.85 MHz)

100RB+100RB (39.8 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-20.5

-21

-21

-22

-22.5

30 kHz

± 1-5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

± 5-24.95

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 24.95-29.9

-23.5

1 MHz

± 29.9-29.95

-23.5

1 MHz

± 29.95-30

1 MHz

± 30-34.85

-23.5

1 MHz

± 34.85-34.9

-23.5

1 MHz

± 34.9-35

1 MHz

± 35-39.8

1 MHz

±39.8-39.85

-23.5

1 MHz

± 39.85-44.8

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, 3GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz – intra-band contiguous CA

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB (MHz)

25RB+100RB

(24.95 MHz)

50RB+100RB (29.9 MHz)

75RB+75RB (30 MHz)

75RB+100RB (34.85 MHz)

100RB+100RB (39.8 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-20.2

-20.7

-20.7

-21.7

-22.2

30 kHz

± 1-5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

± 5-24.95

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

± 24.95-29.9

-23.2

1 MHz

± 29.9-29.95

-23.2

1 MHz

± 29.95-30

1 MHz

± 30-34.85

-23.2

1 MHz

± 34.85-34.9

-23.2

1 MHz

± 34.9-35

1 MHz

± 35-39.8

1 MHz

±39.8-39.85

-23.2

1 MHz

± 39.85-44.8

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-3: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B, E-UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz – intra-band contiguous CA

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

25RB+50RB

(14.95 MHz)

50RB+50RB

(19.9 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-5

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-14.95

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 14.95-19.90

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 19.90-19.95

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 19.95-24.90

-25

1 MHz

Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-4: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B, 3GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz – intra-band contiguous CA

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

25RB+50RB

(14.95 MHz)

50RB+50RB

(19.9 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-5

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-14.95

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 14.95-19.90

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 19.90-19.95

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 19.95-24.90

-25

1 MHz

Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-5: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz – inter-band CA

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-6: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz – inter-band CA

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1A.5 Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (4UL)

6.6.2.1A.5.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth for CA.

6.6.2.1A.5.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band and 4UL CA.

6.6.2.1A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.

6.6.2.1A.5.4 Test description

6.6.2.1A.5.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth and are shown in table 6.6.2.1A.5.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1A.5.4.1-1: inter-band CA Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Low and High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE (Note 1).

Lowest NRB_agg
Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

DL Allocation

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

ID

PCC
NRB

SCC1
NRB

SCC2
NRB

SCC3
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_ alloc

PCC & SCC1 & SCC2 & SCC3 RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

100

50

100

50

QPSK

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

2

100

50

100

50

QPSK

100

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_50@0

S_0@0

3

100

50

100

50

QPSK

300

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

4

100

50

100

50

16 QAM

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

5

100

50

100

50

16 QAM

100

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_50@0

S_0@0

6

100

50

100

50

16 QAM

300

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

7

100

50

100

50

64 QAM

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

8

100

50

100

50

64 QAM

300

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

9

100

50

100

50

N/A for this

256 QAM

300

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

10

100

100

100

100

test

QPSK

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

11

100

100

100

100

QPSK

100

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_50@0

S_0@0

12

100

100

100

100

QPSK

400

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

13

100

100

100

100

16 QAM

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

14

100

100

100

100

16 QAM

100

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_50@0

S_0@0

15

100

100

100

100

16 QAM

400

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

16

100

100

100

100

64 QAM

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

17

100

100

100

100

64 QAM

300

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

18

100

100

100

100

256 QAM

400

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

NOTE 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

NOTE 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.55 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1A.5.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.5.4.3.

6.6.2.1A.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels except PHICH.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.5.4.3.

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.5.1-1 on PCC and SCCs. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.5.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.5.5-1 or 6.6.2.1A.5.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1A.5.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.1A.5.5 Test Requirements

The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.5.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-2 for Bandwidth Class C, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1A.5.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, E-UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

25RB+100RB

(24.95MHz)

50RB+75RB

(24.75 MHz)

50RB+100RB

(29.9 MHz)

75RB+75RB (30 MHz)

75RB+100RB

(34.85 MHz)

100RB+100RB

(39.8 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-20.5

-20.5

-21

-21

-22

-22.5

30 kHz

± 1-5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

± 5-24.75

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 24.75-24.95

-23.5

1 MHz

± 24.95-29.75

-23.5

1 MHz

± 29.75-29.9

1 MHz

± 29.9-29.95

-23.5

1 MHz

± 29.95-30

1 MHz

± 30-34.85

-23.5

1 MHz

± 34.85-34.9

-23.5

1 MHz

± 34.9-35

1 MHz

± 35-39.8

1 MHz

± 39.8-39.85

-23.5

1 MHz

± 39.85-44.8

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1A.5.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, 3GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

25RB+100RB

(24.95MHz)

50RB+75RB

(24.75 MHz)

50RB+100RB

(29.9 MHz)

75RB+75RB (30 MHz)

75RB+100RB

(34.85 MHz)

100RB+100RB

(39.8 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-20.2

-20.2

-20.7

-20.7

-21.7

-22.2

30 kHz

± 1-5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

± 5-24.75

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

± 24.75-24.95

-23.2

1 MHz

± 24.95-29.75

-23.2

1 MHz

± 29.75-29.9

1 MHz

± 29.9-29.95

-23.2

1 MHz

± 29.95-30

1 MHz

± 30-34.85

-23.2

1 MHz

± 34.85-34.9

-23.2

1 MHz

± 34.9-35

1 MHz

± 35-39.8

1 MHz

± 39.8-39.85

-23.2

1 MHz

± 39.85-44.8

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1B Spectrum Emission Mask for UL-MIMO

6.6.2.1B.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission at each transmit antenna shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth.

6.6.2.1B.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO.

6.6.2.1B.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For UE with multiple transmit antenna connectors, the requirements for the spectrum emission mask are specified at each transmit antenna connector. The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1B.3-1.

For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme , the requirements in Table 6.6.2.1B.3-1 apply to each transmit antenna connector with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B.3-2.

Table 6.6.2.1B.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-10

-13

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.6.2B.

6.6.2.1B.4 Test description

6.6.2.1B.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1B.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1B.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

N/A for SEM testing

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

6

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

15

15

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

16QAM

8

8

5MHz

16QAM

25

25

10MHz

QPSK

50

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

16QAM

12

12

10MHz

16QAM

50

(Note 4)

50

(Note 4)

15MHz

QPSK

75

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

16QAM

16

16

15MHz

16QAM

75

(Note 4)

75

(Note 4)

20MHz

QPSK

100

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

16QAM

18

18

20MHz

16QAM

100

(Note 4)

100

(Note 4)

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause 6.2.3B.3.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories [FFS].

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.28.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1B.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1B.4.3.

6.6.2.1B.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 4 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1B.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the sum of the mean power at each antenna connector of UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in clause 6.2.3B.5. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal at each antenna connector of UE with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1B.5-1 or 6.6.2.1B.5-2 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1B.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.1B.5 Test requirements

The measured sum of mean power at each antenna connector of UE in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in clause 6.2.3B.5 as appropriate,

And the power of any UE emission at each transmit antenna connector shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1B.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1B.5-2 as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1B.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.1B.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1E Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category 0

6.6.2.1E.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.1.1.

6.6.2.1E.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

6.6.2.1E.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.1.3.

6.6.2.1E.4 Test description

6.6.2.1E.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.1.4.1 with following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.1E.4.1-1.

– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

Table 6.6.2.1E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

N/A for SEM testing

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

5

5

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

16QAM

5

5

10MHz

QPSK

36

36

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

16QAM

5

5

15MHz

QPSK

36

36

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

16QAM

5

5

20MHz

QPSK

36

36

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

16QAM

5

5

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause 6.2.3.3.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

6.6.2.1E.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.1.4.2 with following exception:

– Instead of Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.1E.4.1-1.

6.6.2.1E.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.1E.5 Test requirements

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3E.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1E.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1E.5-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1E.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.1E.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1EA Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category M1

6.6.2.1EA.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth.

6.6.2.1EA.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

6.6.2.1EA.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1.3EA -1 the spurious requirements in clause 6.6.3EA are applicable.

The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1.3EA -1 for the specified channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1EA.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-10

-13

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.1.

6.6.2.1EA.4 Test description

6.6.2.1EA.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1EA.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration mask

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15 MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

TDD

Narrowband index

(Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

2

0

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

0

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

6

0

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

2

0

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

0

3MHz

QPSK

2

2

0

3MHz

QPSK

5

5

0

3MHz

QPSK

6

6

0

3MHz

16QAM

2

2

0

3MHz

16QAM

5

5

0

5MHz

QPSK

6

6

0

5MHz (Note 4)

16QAM

1

1

0

5MHz

16QAM

3

3

0

5MHz

16QAM

5

5

0

10MHz (Note 4)

QPSK

4

4

0

10MHz

QPSK

6

6

0

10MHz (Note 4)

16QAM

3

3

0

10MHz

16QAM

5

5

0

15MHz

QPSK

6

6

0

15MHz

16QAM

5

5

0

High range

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

2

0

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

0

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

6

0

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

2

0

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

0

3MHz

QPSK

2

2

1

3MHz

QPSK

5

5

1

3MHz

QPSK

6

6

1

3MHz

16QAM

2

2

1

3MHz

16QAM

5

5

1

5MHz

QPSK

6

6

3

5MHz (Note 4)

16QAM

1

1

3

5MHz

16QAM

3

3

3

5MHz

16QAM

5

5

3

10MHz (Note 4)

QPSK

4

4

7

10MHz

QPSK

6

6

7

10MHz (Note 4)

16QAM

3

3

7

10MHz

16QAM

5

5

7

15MHz

QPSK

6

6

11

15MHz

16QAM

5

5

11

Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband.

Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1EA.4.3.

6.6.2.1EA.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Tables 6.2.3EA.5-1 to 6.2.3EA.5-3. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard sub frame are not under test.

4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1EA.5-1, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1EA.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA.

6.6.2.1EA.5 Test requirements

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Tables 6.2.3EA.5-1 to 6.2.3EA.5-7a as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1EA.5-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1EA.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1EB Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category 1bis

6.6.2.1EB.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.1.1.

6.6.2.1EB.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis

6.6.2.1EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.1.3.

6.6.2.1EB.4 Test description

6.6.2.1EB.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.1.4.1 with following exceptions:

– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

6.6.2.1EB.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.1.4.2 with following exception:

– Instead of Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.1E.4.1-1.

6.6.2.1EB.4.3 Message contents

Message contents same as in clause 6.6.2.1.4.3.

6.6.2.1EB.5 Test requirements

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3EB.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1EB.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1EB.5-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1EB.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.1EB.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1EC Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category M2

6.6.2.1EC.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth.

6.6.2.1EC.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of UE category M2.

6.6.2.1EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1EC.3-1, the spurious requirements in clause 6.6.3EC are applicable.

The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1EC.3-1 for the specified channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1EC.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-10

-13

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.1.

6.6.2.1EC.4 Test description

6.6.2.1EC.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

TDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

6

0

6

3MHz

QPSK

2

2

0

7

3MHz

QPSK

5

5

0

8

3MHz

QPSK

12

12

0

9

3MHz

16QAM

2

2

0

10

3MHz

16QAM

12

12

0

11 (Note 4)

5MHz

QPSK

1

1

0

12 (Note 5)

5MHz

QPSK

3

3

0

13

5MHz

QPSK

24

24

0

14 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

1

0

15

5MHz

16QAM

3

3

0

16 (Note 5)

5MHz

16QAM

5

5

0

17

5MHz

16QAM

24

24

0

18 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

4

0

19 (Note 5)

10MHz

QPSK

5

5

0

20

10MHz

QPSK

24

24

0

21 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

3

0

22

10MHz

16QAM

5

5

0

23

10MHz

16QAM

24

24

0

24

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

0

25

15MHz

QPSK

24

24

0

26

15MHz

16QAM

16

16

0

27

15MHz

16QAM

24

24

0

28

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

0

29

20MHz

QPSK

24

24

0

30

20MHz

16QAM

18

18

0

31

20MHz

16QAM

24

24

0

High range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

6

0

6

3MHz

QPSK

2

2

1

7

3MHz

QPSK

5

5

1

8

3MHz

QPSK

12

12

0

9

3MHz

16QAM

2

2

1

10

3MHz

16QAM

12

12

0

11 (Note 4)

5MHz

QPSK

1

1

3

12 (Note 5)

5MHz

QPSK

3

3

3

13

5MHz

QPSK

24

24

0

14 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

1

3

15

5MHz

16QAM

3

3

3

16 (Note 5)

5MHz

16QAM

5

5

3

17

5MHz

16QAM

24

24

0

18 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

4

7

19 (Note 5)

10MHz

QPSK

5

5

7

20

10MHz

QPSK

24

24

4

21 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

3

7

22

10MHz

16QAM

5

5

7

23

10MHz

16QAM

24

24

4

24

15MHz

QPSK

15

15

9

25

15MHz

QPSK

24

24

8

26

15MHz

16QAM

15

15

9

27

15MHz

16QAM

24

24

8

28

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

13

29

20MHz

QPSK

24

24

12

30

20MHz

16QAM

18

18

13

31

20MHz

16QAM

24

24

12

Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7.

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband.

Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE

Note 5: Only for power class 5 or power class 6 UE

Table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15 MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

5MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

2

5MHz

QPSK

¼

0

3

5MHz

QPSK

½

0

4

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

5

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

4

6

10MHz

QPSK

¼

0

7

10MHz

QPSK

¼

4

8

10MHz

QPSK

½

0

9

10MHz

QPSK

½

4

10

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

11

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

8

12

15MHz

QPSK

¼

0

13

15MHz

QPSK

¼

8

14

15MHz

QPSK

½

0

15

15MHz

QPSK

½

8

High range

16

5MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

17

5MHz

QPSK

¼

0

18

5MHz

QPSK

½

0

19

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

20

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

4

21

10MHz

QPSK

¼

0

22

10MHz

QPSK

½

4

23

10MHz

QPSK

¼

0

24

10MHz

QPSK

½

4

25

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

26

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

8

27

15MHz

QPSK

¼

0

28

15MHz

QPSK

¼

8

29

15MHz

QPSK

½

0

30

15MHz

QPSK

½

8

Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7.

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1EC.4.3.

6.6.2.1EC.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Tables 6.2.3EC.5-1 to 6.2.3EC.5-3. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard sub frame are not under test.

4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1EC.5-1, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

5. For UE supporting subPRB allocation, repeat step 1-4 with UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-2.

6.6.2.1EC.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA.

6.6.2.1EC.5 Test requirements

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Tables 6.2.3EC.5-1 to 6.2.3EC.5-3 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1EC.5-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1EC.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth

6.6.2.1F Spectrum Emission Mask for category NB1 and NB2

6.6.2.1F.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of the category NB1 and NB2 UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth.

6.6.2.1F.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 13 and forward of category NB1.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 14 and forward of category NB2.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 15 and forward of category NB1 and NB2.

6.6.2.1F.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The spectrum emission mask of the category NB1 and NB2 UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the ± edge of the assigned category NB1 or NB2 channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1F.3-1 the spurious requirements in subclause 6.6.3 are applicable.

The power of any category NB1 or NB2 UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1F.3-1.

Table 6.6.2.1F.3-1: category NB1 and NB2 UE spectrum emission mask

ΔfOOB (kHz)

Emission limit (dBm)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0

26

30 kHz

± 100

-5

30 kHz

± 150

-8

30 kHz

± 300

-29

30 kHz

± 500-1700

-35

30 kHz

In addition to the spectrum emission mask requirement in Table 6.6.2.1F.3-1 a category NB1 or NB2 UE shall also meet the applicable E-UTRA spectrum emission mask requirement in sub-clause 6.6.2. E-UTRA spectrum emission requirement applies for frequencies that are Foffset away from edge of NB1 or NB2 channel edge as defined in Table 6.6.2.1F.3-2.

Table 6.6.2.1F.3-2: Foffset for category NB1 and NB2 UE spectrum emission mask

Channel BW (MHz)

Foffset

[kHz]

1.4

165

3

190

5

200

10

225

15

240

20

245

NOTE: Foffset in Table 6.6.2.1F.3-2 is used to guarantee co-existence for guard-band operation.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2F.1.

6.6.2.1F.4 Test description

6.6.2.1F.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters shown in table 6.6.2.1F.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of NPDSCH and NPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1F.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for FDD & TDD

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508[7] subclause 8.1.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.3.1

Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.2

Test Parameters

Configuration ID

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

N/A

Modulation

Ntones

Sub-carrier spacing (kHz)

1

QPSK

1@0

3.75kHz

2

QPSK

1@47

3.75kHz

3

QPSK

1@0

15kHz

4

QPSK

1@11

15kHz

5 (Note 1)

QPSK

3@0

15kHz

6 (Note 1)

QPSK

3@3

15kHz

7 (Note 1)

QPSK

3@9

15kHz

8 (Note 1)

QPSK

6@0

15kHz

9 (Note 1)

QPSK

6@6

15kHz

10 (Note 1)

QPSK

12@0

15kHz

Note 1: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause [6.2.3F.3].

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1.1 and H.4.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1F.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1F.4.3.

6.6.2.1F.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via NPDCCH DCI format N0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1F.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. (UE should be already transmitting PUMAX after Initial Conditions setting).

2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3F.5-1. The measurement duration is at least one sub-frame (1ms) for 15 KHz channel spacing, and at least a 2ms slot (excluding the 2304Ts gap when UE is not transmitting) respectively for the 3.75 KHz channel spacing.

3. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1F.5-1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

NOTE 1: For configuration IDs applicable to UE depending on UE capability in Test Configuration Table with different UL sub-carrier spacing, the SS shall release the connection through State 3A-NB and finally ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5 using the appropriate UL subcarrier spacing in Random Access Response message.

6.6.2.1F.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.6.

6.6.2.1F.5 Test requirements

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3F.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in 6.6.2.1F.5-1 as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1F.5-1: category NB1 and NB2 UE spectrum emission mask, category NB1/NB2 bands ≤ 3GHz

ΔfOOB (kHz)

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)

Measurement bandwidth

0 -100

30 kHz

100 – 150

30 kHz

150 – 300

30 kHz

300 – 500

30 kHz

500 – 1700

-33.5

30 kHz

Note 1: The limit shall be calculated for the measurement frequency F given in kHz, cantered in the measurement bandwidth.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is the inside of +15 kHz and -15 kHz, respectively. The filter shall be stepped to cover the whole range.

Table 6.6.2.1F.5-2: Void

NOTE 1: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

NOTE 2: The minimum requirements in clause 6.6.2.1F.3 have been combined into table 6.6.2.1F.5-1 to reduce testing complexity and test time.

6.6.2.1G Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication

6.6.2.1G.1 Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication Non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.1G.1.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth when UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink transmissions non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions for E-UTRA V2X operating bands.

6.6.2.1G.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to UE which support V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.

6.6.2.1G.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

When UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink transmissions non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions for E-UTRA V2X operating bands specified in TS 36.101 [2] Table 5.5G-1, the requirements in TS 36.101[2] subclause 6.6.2 apply except for the ACLR requirements for power class 2 V2X UE.

The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.3-1.

Table 6.6.2.1G.1.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-10

-13

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G.

6.6.2.1G.1.4 Test description

6.6.2.1G.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.1-1 the details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration for V2X sidelink transmission

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in subclause 5.4.2G)

Lowest, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

V2X Configuration to Trasmit

Ch BW

Mod’n

PSSCH RB Allocation

10MHz

QPSK

12 (Note 3)

10MHz

QPSK

48@2

10MHz

16QAM

12 (Note 3)

10MHz

16QAM

48@2

20MHz

QPSK

18 (Note 3)

20MHz

QPSK

96@2

20MHz

16QAM

18 (Note 3)

20MHz

16QAM

96@2

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in specified in subclause 5.4.2G.

Note 2: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause 36.101[2] subclause 6.2.3G.

Note 3: The test shall be performed with allocated sub-channel(s) at low and high end of the channel bandwidth respectively.

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.92.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 for both SS and UE are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.1. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.1-1.

4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0;

6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9 , Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.6.2.1G.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. The V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC with transmission power at PUMAX level according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.1-1;

2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3G.1.1.5-1for Power Class 3 UEs or in [6.2.3G.2.1.5-1] for Power Class 2 UEs. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms).

3. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1G.1.5-1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1G.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with following exceptions listed in the Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-1 and Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-2.

Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-1: SL-V2X-Preconfiguration

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 9.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

SL-V2X-Preconfiguration-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

v2x-PreconfigFreqList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SEQUENCE {

v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {

SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12

maxTxPower-r12

23

Power class3

26

Power class2

sl-bandwidth-r12

n50

10Mhz

n100

20Mhz

}

}

v2x-CommPreconfigSync-r14 SEQUENCE {

SL-PreconfigSync-r12

syncOffsetIndicators-r14 SEQUENCE {

syncOffsetIndicator1-r14

Not Present

Double synchronization signal transmission

}

}

v2x-CommRxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 {

1 entry

SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1]

SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT with exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-2

}

v2x-CommTxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 {

SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1]

SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT with exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-2

}

v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig

SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14-DEFAULT with exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-3

}

Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-2: SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

SL-CommResroucePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

sl-Subframe-r14 CHOICE {

bs20-r14

11111111111111111111

BITMAP_6

}

sizeSubchannel-r14

n15

BW10

n50

BW10

n20

BW20

n100

BW20

dataTxParameters-r14 SEQUENCE {

p0-r12

31

It’s set to the maximum value to disable its effect on transmission power.

}

}

Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-2: SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

minMCS-PSSCH-r14

0

QPSK

11

16QAM

maxMCS-PSSCH-r14

10

QPSK

19

16QAM

}

6.6.2.1G.1.5 Test requirements

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3G.1.1.5-1as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1G.1.5-1.

Table 6.6.2.1G.1.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E-UTRA bands ≥ 5GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

10

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-16

-19

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-8

-8

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-8

-8

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-8

-8

1 MHz

± 5-6

-12

-11

1 MHz

± 6-10

-12

-11

1 MHz

± 10-15

-23

-11

1 MHz

± 15-20

-11

1 MHz

± 20-25

-23

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1G.2 Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication /Sidelink simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.1G.2.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth when UE is configured for configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA band

6.6.2.1G.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that supports V2X communication and is capable of V2X Sidelink communication simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink transmission.

6.6.2.1G.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in TS 36.101 [2] Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2 apply per V2X sidelink transmission and E-UTRA uplink transmission as specified for the corresponding inter-band con-current operation with uplink assigned to two bands.

Consequently, the emission power of the V2X UE per sidelink and E-UTRA link shall not exceed the values specified in Tables 6.6.2.1G.2.2-1

Table 6.6.2.1G.2.2-1 General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-10

-13

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2G and subclause 6.6.2.

6.6.2.1G.2.4 Test description

6.6.2.1G.2.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on Inter-band con-current V2X configurations specified in table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1G.2.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.2 and A.8.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1G.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range for uplink and Low range for V2X,

High range for uplink and High range for V2X

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink

Uplink Configuration

V2X Configuration

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

Ch BW

Mod’n

PSSCH RB allocation

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

10 MHz

QPSK

48@2

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

10 MHz

16QAM

48@2

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

20 MHz

QPSK

96@2

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

20 MHz

16QAM

96@2

3MHz

QPSK

4

3MHz

QPSK

15

3MHz

16QAM

4

3MHz

16QAM

15

5MHz

QPSK

8

5MHz

QPSK

25

5MHz

16QAM

8

5MHz

16QAM

25

10MHz

QPSK

12

10MHz

QPSK

50

10MHz

16QAM

12

10MHz

16QAM

50

(Note 3)

15MHz

QPSK

16

15MHz

QPSK

75

15MHz

16QAM

16

15MHz

16QAM

75

(Note 3)

20MHz

QPSK

18

20MHz

QPSK

100

20MHz

16QAM

18

20MHz

16QAM

100

(Note 3)

Note 1: V2X con-current band configurations are checked separately for each band configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2.

Note 2: For Low range the E-UTRA carrier uses only test points with RBstart=0. For High range the E-UTRA carrier uses only test points with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.93.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.6.2.1G.2.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to table 6.6.2.1G.2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.2.3G.1.3.4.3.

6.6.2.1G.2.4.2 Test procedure

SS sends RRC reconfiguration message specified in clause 6.6.2.1G.2.4.3 to enable PSCCH and PSSCH transmission at the PUMAX level.;

1. The SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

2. SS sends continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to ensure that the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3G.1.3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for E-UTRA uplink with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-1or 6.6.2.1G.2.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

5. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for V2X sidelink with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-3, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1G.2.4.3 Message content

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.1G.2.5 Test requirements

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3 and step 4 shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3G.1.3.5-1, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.5-1~ Table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-3.

Table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-3: General E-UTRA V2X spectrum emission mask, E-UTRA bands ≥ 5GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

10

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-16

-19

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-8

-8

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-8

-8

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-8

-8

1 MHz

± 5-6

-12

-11

1 MHz

± 6-10

-12

-11

1 MHz

± 10-15

-23

-11

1 MHz

± 15-20

-11

1 MHz

± 20-25

-23

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.1G.3 Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication / Intra-band contiguous MCC operation
6.6.2.1G.3.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth when UE is configured for Intra-band contiguous MCC operation V2X sidelink transmissions.

6.6.2.1G.3.2 Test Applicability

This test case applies to UE which support Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.

6.6.2.1G.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, the general CA spectrum emission mask for Bandwidth Class B shall apply, which refers to the minimum conformance requirements defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G.

6.6.2.1G.3.4 Test Description
6.6.2.1G.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.1-1 the details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PSSCH and PSCCH

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range , High range

Test CC Combination setting(NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2G

Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

V2X Multi-carrier Configuration

V2X PSSCH Allocation

CC1 NRB

CC2 NRB

CC1 & CC2 Mod

CC1 and CC2 RB Allocation

50

50

QPSK

12@2+0@0

50

50

QPSK

0@0+12@37

50

50

QPSK

48@2+0@0

50

50

QPSK

0@0+48@2

50

50

QPSK

48@2+48@2

50

50

16QAM

12@2+0@0

50

50

16QAM

0@0+12@37

50

50

16QAM

48@2+0@0

50

50

16QAM

0@0+48@2

50

50

16QAM

48@2+48@2

50

50

QPSK

1@2+1@47

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.89a.

2. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

2a The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

3. Ensure the UE is in test state 5A-V2X, according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3.

4. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.6.2.1G.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Set the V2X sidelink communication parameters for both the V2X sidelink capable UE (hereinafter referred to as V2X UE) and SS according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration in TS36.508[7] Table subclause 4.10 with the exception specified in table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-1;

2. The V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC with transmission power at PUMAX level according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.1-1;

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3G.1.1.5-1 for Power Class 3 . The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms).

4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1G.3.5-1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1G.3.4.3 Message Contents

Message content are according to 36.508[7] subclause 4.10 Table 4.10.1.1-2 with the exception listed in table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-1, 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-2 and 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-3

Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-1: SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT for CC1 & CC2

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 9.3.2

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE {

SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12

maxTxPower-r12

23

Power class 3

sl-bandwidth-r12

n50

10Mhz

V2X_47B

}

}

v2x-CommRxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 {

1 entry

SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1]

SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT using condition BITMAP_6 and exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-2

SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14

}

v2x-CommTxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 {

SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1]

SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT using condition BITMAP_6 and exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-2

}

v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig

SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14-DEFAULT with exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-3

syncPriority-r14

GNSS

}

Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-2: SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

SL-CommResroucePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

sl-Subframe-r14 CHOICE {

bs20-r14

11111111111111111111

BITMAP_6

}

sizeSubchannel-r14

n1

NRB_alloc = 1

n12

NRB_alloc = 12

n48

NRB_alloc = 48, NRB_alloc = 96

numSubchannel-r14

n1

startRB-Subchannel-r14

According to the test configuration in table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.1-1

dataTxParameters-r14 SEQUENCE {

p0-r12

31

It’s set to the maximum value to disable its effect on transmission power.

}

syncAllowed-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

gnss-Sync-r14

True

The resource of CC1 can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to GNSS

CC with LCRB >0

enb-Sync-r14

True

The resource of CC1 can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to enb

CC with LCRB =0

}

}

Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-3: SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14

Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.8

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE {

minMCS-PSSCH-r14

0

QPSK

11

16QAM

maxMCS-PSSCH-r14

10

QPSK

19

16QAM

}

6.6.2.1G.3.5 Test Requirement

The power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.1G.3.5-1 Bandwidth Class B.

Table 6.6.2.1G.3.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B, E-UTRA bands > 5GHz

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

50RB+50RB

(19.9 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

19

30 kHz

± 1-5

8

1 MHz

± 5-14.95

11

1 MHz

± 14.95-19.90

11

1 MHz

± 19.90-19.95

23

1 MHz

± 19.95-24.90

23

1 MHz

6.6.2.1_s Spectrum Emission Mask for subslot/slot TTI

6.6.2.1_s.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth.

6.6.2.1_s.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 3 UE release 15 and forward that support subslot/slot TTI.

6.6.2.1_s.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1_s.3-1 the spurious requirements in clause 6.6.3 are applicable.

The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1_s.3-1 for the specified channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.1_s.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-10

-13

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.1.

6.6.2.1_s.4 Test description

6.6.2.1_s.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1_s.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.1_s.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

N/A for SEM testing

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

6

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

15

15

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

16QAM

8

8

5MHz

16QAM

25

25

10MHz

QPSK

50

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

16QAM

12

12

10MHz

16QAM

50

(Note 4)

50

(Note 4)

15MHz

QPSK

75

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

16QAM

16

16

15MHz

16QAM

75

(Note 4)

75

(Note 4)

20MHz

QPSK

100

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

16QAM

18

18

20MHz

16QAM

100

(Note 4)

100

(Note 4)

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause 6.2.3_s.3.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1_s.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1_s.4.3.

6.6.2.1_s.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1_s.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3_s.5-1 for Power Class 3 UEs. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of 7 OS (0.5ms) for slot TTI and 2/3 OS for subslot TTI. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1_s.5-1 or 6.6.2.1_s.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.1_s.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.6.2.1_s.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT (preamble)

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 with condition Short-TTI

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 SEQUENCE {

shortTTI-r15 SEQUENCE {

dl-STTI-Length-r15

subslot

FDD_sTTI-22 OR FDD_sTTI-27

ul-STTI-Length-r15

subslot

FDD_sTTI-22

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

FDD_sTTI-22

FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, subslot} combination

FDD_sTTI-27

FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, slot} combination

6.6.2.1_s.5 Test requirements

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_s.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1_s.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1_s.5-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.1_s.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.1_s.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask

6.6.2.2.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

6.6.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

6.6.2.2.3.1 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)

When "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” or “NS_21” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-10

-13

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.1.

6.6.2.2.3.2 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_04")

When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-1. or Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-2

Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04") (Rel-11 and earlier)

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-10

-13

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-25

-25

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-25

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04") (Rel-12 and onwards)

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-6

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-9

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 9-10

-25

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-13.5

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 13.5-15

-25

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 15-18

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 18-20

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.2.

6.6.2.2.3.3 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_06" or NS_07)

When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1.

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-0.1

-13

-13

-15

-18

30 kHz

± 0.1-1

-13

-13

-13

-13

100 kHz

± 1-2.5

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.3.

6.6.2.2.3.4 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_27”)

Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.

When “NS_27” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.3.4-1.

Table 6.6.2.2.3.4-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-13

-13

-13

-13

Note 1

± 1-10

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The measurement bandwidth is 1% of the applicable E-UTRA channel bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.5.

6.6.2.2.3.5 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_35”)

Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.

When "NS_35" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.3.5-1.

Table 6.6.2.2.3.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15 MHz

20 MHz

Measurement bandwidth (unless otherwise stated)

± 0-0.1

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 0.1-6

-13

-13

-13

-13

100 kHz

± 6-10

-251

-13

-13

-13

100 kHz

± 10-15

-251

-13

-13

100 kHz

± 15-20

-251

-13

100 kHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The measurement bandwidth shall be 1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.7.

6.6.2.2.3.6 Void

6.6.2.2.4 Test description

6.6.2.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2.4.1-11. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

5

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

15

15

3MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

4

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

QPSK

6

6

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

25

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

8

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

QPSK

6

6

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

50

(Note 3)

50

(Note 3)

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

12

12

15MHz

QPSK

75

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

QPSK

8

8

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

75

(Note 3)

75

(Note 3)

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

16

16

20MHz

QPSK

100

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

QPSK

10

10

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

100

(Note 3)

100

(Note 3)

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

18

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04", Power Class 2)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low Range, Mid Range, High Range

Additional test frequencies:

For 5 MHz bandwidth:

2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39696

For 10 MHz bandwidth:

2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731

For 15 MHz bandwidth:

2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799

For 20 MHz bandwidth:

2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration

ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation TDD

Mod’n

RB allocation TDD

RBstart

TDD

1 (Note 1)

5MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

1

0

2 (Note 1)

5MHz

QPSK

16

9

3 (Note 2)

5MHz

QPSK

25

0

4 (Note 1)

5MHz

16QAM

16

9

5 (Note 2)

5MHz

16QAM

25

0

6 (Note 1)

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

7 (Note 1)

10MHz

QPSK

1

49

8 (Note 1)

10MHz

QPSK

24

0

9 (Note 1)

10MHz

QPSK

40

10

10

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

11

10MHz

16QAM

50

0

12 (Note 1)

15MHz

QPSK

1

0

13 (Note 1)

15MHz

QPSK

1

74

14 (Note 1)

15MHz

QPSK

32

0

15 (Note 1)

15MHz

QPSK

60

15

16

15MHz

QPSK

75

0

17

15MHz

16QAM

75

0

18 (Note 1)

20MHz

QPSK

1

0

19 (Note 1)

20MHz

QPSK

1

99

20 (Note 1)

20MHz

QPSK

36

0

21 (Note 1)

20MHz

QPSK

75

25

22

20MHz

QPSK

100

0

23

20MHz

16QAM

100

0

Note 1: Only applicable for Low Range.

Note 2: Only applicable for Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04", Power Class 3)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 to Rel-13 and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 0:

For 5 MHz bandwidth:

2499.6 MHz, NUL= 39686

For 10 MHz bandwidth:

2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731

For 15 MHz bandwidth:

2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799

For 20 MHz bandwidth:

2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866

Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 and later and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 1:

For 5 MHz bandwidth:

2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39696

For 10 MHz bandwidth:

2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731

For 15 MHz bandwidth:

2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799

For 20 MHz bandwidth:

2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configura-tion ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

TDD

Mod’n

RB allocation

TDD

RBstart

TDD

1 (Note 6)

5MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

25

0

2 (Note 6)

5MHz

QPSK

8

Note 3

3(Note 6)

5MHz

QPSK

6

Note 3

4 (Note 6)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

25

0

5 (Note 6)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

8

Note 3

6 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

7 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

12

0

8 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

9 Note 6)

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

50

(Note 4)

0

10 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

24

13

11 (Note 6)

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

24

13

12 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

36

13

13 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

12

37

14 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

1

49

15 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

1

0

16 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

16

0

17 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

75

0

18 (Note 6)

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

75

(Note 4)

0

19 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

36

19

20 (Note 6)

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

36

(Note 4)

19

21 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

50

19

22 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

18

56

23 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

1

74

24 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

1

0

25 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

18

0

26 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

100

0

27 (Note 6)

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

100

(Note 4)

0

28 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

50

25

29 (Note 6)

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

50

(Note 4)

25

30 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

75

25

31 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

25

75

32 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

1

99

33 (Note 8)

5MHz

QPSK

1

0

34 (Note 8)

5MHz

QPSK

16

9

35 (Note 9)

5MHz

QPSK

25

0

36 (Note 8)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

16

9

37 (Note 9)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

25

0

38 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

39 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

1

49

40 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

24

0

41 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

40

10

42 (Note 7)

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

43 (Note 7)

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

50

0

44 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

1

0

45 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

1

74

46 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

32

0

47 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

60

15

48 (Note 7)

15MHz

QPSK

75

0

49 (Note 7)

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

75

0

50 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

1

0

51 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

1

99

52 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

36

0

53 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

75

25

54 (Note 7)

20MHz

QPSK

100

0

55 (Note 7)

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

100

0

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to be corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 5: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Note 6: Applies only for Rel-11 and earlier.

Note 7: Applies only for Rel-12 and later.

Note 8: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Low Range.

Note 9: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06", Power Class 1)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for NS_06 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration

ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

5MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

25

2

5MHz

QPSK

8

3

5MHz

16QAM

8

4

10MHz

QPSK

50

5

10MHz

QPSK

12

6

10MHz

16QAM

12

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4_1.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06", Power Class 3)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

6

NA

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

3MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

12

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Mid range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

10MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Test Number

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

RBstart

1

10MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

1

0

2

10MHz

QPSK

8

0

3

10MHz

QPSK

6

13

4

10MHz

QPSK

20

13

5

10MHz

QPSK

12

13

6

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 2)

36

(Note 1)

13

7

10MHz

QPSK

16

19

8

10MHz

QPSK

12

19

9

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 2)

16

19

10

10MHz

QPSK

30

19

11

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 2)

30

(Note 1)

19

12

10MHz

QPSK

6

43

13

10MHz

QPSK

2

48

14

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

15

10MHz

QPSK

12

0

16

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 2)

50

(Note 1)

0

Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 2: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_11")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies
(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

For 3 MHz Channel Bandwidth:

a. 2001.5 MHz (NUL = 25515)

b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545)

For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525)

b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545)

c. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550)

b. 2005.5 MHz (NUL = 25555)

c. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650)

For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

b. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600)

Test Channel Bandwidths
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_11 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

3MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

6

2

3MHz

QPSK

15

3

3MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

6

4

3MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

15

5

5MHz

QPSK

1

6

5MHz

QPSK

8

7

5MHz

QPSK

25

8

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

8

9

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

10

10MHz

QPSK

1

11

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

QPSK

50

13

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

12

14

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

50

(Note 3)

15

15MHz

QPSK

1

16

15MHz

QPSK

8

17

15MHz

QPSK

25

18

15MHz

QPSK

30

19

15MHz

QPSK

75

20

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

8

21

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

22

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

30

23

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

75

24

20MHz

QPSK

1

25

20MHz

QPSK

10

26

20MHz

QPSK

25

27

20MHz

QPSK

100

28

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

10

29

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

30

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

100

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_20")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies
(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525)

b. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

c. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

d. 2017.5 MHz (NUL = 25675)

For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550)

b. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650)

For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600)

Test Channel Bandwidths
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_20 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

5MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

8

2

5MHz

QPSK

15

3

5MHz

QPSK

25

4

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

15

5

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

6

10MHz

QPSK

8

7

10MHz

QPSK

12

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

9

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

12

10

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

50

(Note 3)

11

15MHz

QPSK

6

12

15MHz

QPSK

25

13

15MHz

QPSK

36

14

15MHz

QPSK

75

15

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

16

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

36

17

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

75

18

20MHz

QPSK

8

19

20MHz

QPSK

18

20

20MHz

QPSK

25

21

20MHz

QPSK

75

22

20MHz

QPSK

100

23

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

18

24

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

25

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

75

26

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

100

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_21")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range or High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5 MHz, 10 MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart FDD

1 (note 2)

5 MHz

QPSK

1

0

2 (note 2)

5 MHz

QPSK

25

0

3 (note 2)

10 MHz

QPSK

1

0

4 (note 3)

10 MHz

QPSK

1

49

5 (note 2)

10 MHz

QPSK

15

0

6 (note 3)

10 MHz

QPSK

3

47

7 (note 3)

10 MHz

QPSK

50

0

8 (note 1, 3)

10 MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

50

0

Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 2: Applicable only to low range frequency testing.

Note 3: Applicable only to high range frequency testing.

Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-10: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_27")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Refer to Frequency column in test parameters

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_27 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Frequency

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart

FDD

1

Low/Mid

5MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

1

0

2

High

5MHz

QPSK

1

24

3

Low/Mid/High

5MHz

QPSK

25

0

4

Low/Mid/High

5MHz

16QAM

25

0

5

Low/Mid

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

6

High

10MHz

QPSK

1

49

7

Low/Mid/High

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

8 (Note 2)

Low/Mid/High

10MHz

16QAM

50

0

9

Low/Mid

15MHz

QPSK

1

0

10

Low

15MHz

QPSK

1

7

11

Low/Mid

15MHz

QPSK

16

0

12

High

15MHz

QPSK

1

74

13

High

15MHz

QPSK

1

67

14

High

15MHz

QPSK

16

74

15

Low/Mid/High

15MHz

QPSK

75

0

16 (Note 2)

Low/Mid/High

15MHz

16QAM

75

0

17

Low/Mid

20MHz

QPSK

1

0

18

Low

20MHz

QPSK

1

13

19

Low

20MHz

QPSK

1

16

20

Low/Mid

20MHz

QPSK

21

0

21

High

20MHz

QPSK

1

99

22

High

20MHz

QPSK

1

86

23

High

20MHz

QPSK

1

83

24

High

20MHz

QPSK

21

0

25

Low/Mid/High

20MHz

QPSK

100

0

26 (Note 2)

Low/Mid/High

20MHz

16QAM

100

0

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-11: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

5MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

25

NA

5MHz

QPSK

8

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

12

15MHz

QPSK

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

16

20MHz

QPSK

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2.4.1-11.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3.

6.6.2.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to applicable table from Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2.4.1-11. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.4.5-1 to 6.2.4.5-28 or 6.2.4_1.5-1 as appropriate. The period of the measurement shall be at least one sub-frame (1ms).

4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-1, 6.6.2.2.5.2-1, 6.6.2.2.5.3-1 or Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-2, 6.6.2.2.5.2-2, 6.6.2.2.5.3-2, or 6.6.2.2.5.4-1, 6.6.2.2.5.5-1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, with the following exceptions for each network signalled value.

6.6.2.2.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_03")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_03. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.1-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

3 (NS_03)

6.6.2.2.4.3.2 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_04")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_04. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.2-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

4 (NS_04)

6.6.2.2.4.3.3 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_06")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_06. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.3-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

6 (NS_06)

6.6.2.2.4.3.4 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_07")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_07. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.4-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

7 (NS_07)

6.6.2.2.4.3.5 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_11")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_11. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.5-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

11 (NS_11)

6.6.2.2.4.3.6 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_20")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_20. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.6-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

20 (NS_20)

6.6.2.2.4.3.7 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_21")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_21. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.7-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

21 (NS_21)

6.6.2.2.4.3.8 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_27")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_27. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.8-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

27 (NS_27)

6.6.2.2.4.3.9 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_35")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_35. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.8-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

32

additionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0

35 (NS_35)

6.6.2.2.5 Test requirements

6.6.2.2.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)

When "NS_03" or “NS_11” or “NS_20” or “NS_21” is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-1, 6.2.4.5-2, 6.2.4.5-11, 6.2.4.5-20 and 6.2.4.5-21 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-1 or 6.6.2.2.5.1-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")

When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-3 for a Power Class 3 UE or 6.2.4_1.5-2 for a Power Class 2 UE as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.2-1 or Table.6.6.2.2.5.2-3, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04") (Rel-11 and earlier)

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

1 MHz

10-15

1 MHz

15-20

1 MHz

20-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2.5.2-2: Void

Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-3: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04") (Rel-12 and onwards)

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-8.5

–8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

1 MHz

± 5-6

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 6-9

-23.5

1 MHz

± 9-10

-23.5

1 MHz

± 10-13.5

1 MHz

± 13.5-15

-23.5

1 MHz

± 15-18

1 MHz

± 18-20

-23.5

1 MHz

± 20-25

1 MHz

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2.5.3 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")

When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-5, 6.2.4.5-6 and 6.2.4.5-7 as appropriate for a Power Class 3 UE or in Table 6.2.4_1.5-1 for a Power Class 1 UE,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.3-1 or Table.6.6.2.2.5.3-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2.5.3-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2.5.4 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")

When "NS_27" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-27 as appropriate for a Power Class 3 UE

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.4-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2.5.4-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

Note 1

± 1-10

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

± 10-15

-23.2

-23.2

-23.2

1 MHz

± 15-20

-23.2

-23.2

1 MHz

± 20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The measurement bandwidth is 1% of the applicable E-UTRA channel bandwidth.

6.6.2.2.5.5 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")

When "NS_35" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-28 as appropriate for a Power Class 3 UE

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.5-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2.5.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15 MHz

20 MHz

Measurement bandwidth (unless otherwise stated)

± 0-0.1

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

± 0.1-6

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

± 6-10

-23.51

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

± 10-15

-23.51

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

± 15-20

-23.51

-11.5

100 kHz

± 20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The measurement bandwidth shall be 1 MHz

6.6.2.2_1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UL 64QAM

6.6.2.2_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1

6.6.2.2_1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support UL 64QAM.

6.6.2.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3

6.6.2.2_1.4 Test description

6.6.2.2_1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

64QAM

5

5

3MHz

64QAM

15
(Note 3)

15

3MHz

64QAM

4

4

5MHz

64QAM

25
(Note 3)

25

5MHz

64QAM

8

8

10MHz

64QAM

50
(Note 3)

50

10MHz

64QAM

12

12

15MHz

64QAM

75
(Note 3)

75

15MHz

64QAM

16

16

20MHz

64QAM

100
(Note 3)

100

20MHz

64QAM

18

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_03.

Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low Range, Mid Range, High Range

Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 to Rel-13 and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 0:

For 5 MHz bandwidth:

2499.6 MHz, NUL= 39696

For 10 MHz bandwidth:

2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731

For 15 MHz bandwidth:

2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799

For 20 MHz bandwidth:

2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866

Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 and later and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 1:

For 5 MHz bandwidth:

2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39686

For 10 MHz bandwidth:

2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731

For 15 MHz bandwidth:

2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799

For 20 MHz bandwidth:

2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration

ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart

FDD

1 (Note 1)

5MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

64QAM

16

9

2 (Note 2)

5MHz

64QAM

25

0

3

10MHz

64QAM

50

0

4

15MHz

64QAM

75

0

5

20MHz

64QAM

100

0

Note 1: Only applicable for Low Range.

Note 2: Only applicable for Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies.

Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_04.

Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission

64QAM

5

NA

5MHz

Mask testing

64QAM

8

10MHz

64QAM

12

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_06.

Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Mid range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

10MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Test Number

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

RBstart

1

10MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

64QAM

36

13

2

10MHz

64QAM

16

19

3

10MHz

64QAM

30

19

4

10MHz

64QAM

50

0

Note 1: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_07.

Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_11")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies
(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

For 3 MHz Channel Bandwidth:

a. 2001.5 MHz (NUL = 25515)

b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545)

For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525)

b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545)

c. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550)

b. 2005.5 MHz (NUL = 25555)

c. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650)

For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

b. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600)

Test Channel Bandwidths
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_11 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

3MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

64QAM

6

2

3MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

15

3

5MHz

64QAM

8

4

5MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

25

5

10MHz

64QAM

12

6

10MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

50

7

15MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

8

8

15MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

25

9

15MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

30

10

15MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

75

11

20MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

10

12

20MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

25

13

20MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

100

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_11.

Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_20")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies
(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525)

b. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

c. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

d. 2017.5 MHz (NUL = 25675)

For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550)

b. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650)

For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600)

Test Channel Bandwidths
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_20 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

5MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

64QAM
(Note 3)

15

2

5MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

25

3

10MHz

64QAM

12

4

10MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

50

5

15MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

25

6

15MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

36

7

15MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

75

8

20MHz

64QAM

18

9

20MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

25

10

20MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

75

11

20MHz

64QAM
(Note 3)

100

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_20.

Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_21")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

10 MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart FDD

1

10 MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

64QAM

50

0

Note 1: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_21.

Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_27")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Refer to Frequency column in test parameters

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_27 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Frequency

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart

FDD

1

Low/Mid/High

5MHz

64QAM

25

0

2

Low/Mid/High

10MHz

64QAM

50

0

3

Low/Mid/High

15MHz

64QAM

75

0

4

Low/Mid/High

20MHz

64QAM

100

0

Note 1: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_27.

Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

5MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

64QAM

8

NA

10MHz

64QAM

12

15MHz

64QAM

16

20MHz

64QAM

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_35.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-9.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2_1.4.3.

6.6.2.2_1.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.2

6.6.2.2_1.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3

6.6.2.2_1.5 Test requirements

Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.5

6.6.2.2_2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UL 256QAM

6.6.2.2_2.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1

6.6.2.2_2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 14 and forward that support UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.2_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3

6.6.2.2_2.4 Test description

6.6.2.2_2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for NS_03 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configura-tion ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1

3MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing

256QAM

15

15

2

5MHz

256QAM

25

25

3

10MHz

256QAM

50

50

4

15MHz

256QAM

75

75

5

20MHz

256QAM

100

100

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low Range, Mid Range, High Range

Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 to Rel-13 and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 0:

For 5 MHz bandwidth:

2499.6 MHz, NUL= 39686

For 10 MHz bandwidth:

2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731

For 15 MHz bandwidth:

2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799

For 20 MHz bandwidth:

2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866

Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 and later and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 1:

For 5 MHz bandwidth:

2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39696

For 10 MHz bandwidth:

2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731

For 15 MHz bandwidth:

2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799

For 20 MHz bandwidth:

2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration

ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart

FDD

1 (Note 1)

5MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing

256QAM

16

9

2 (Note 2)

5MHz

256QAM

25

0

3

10MHz

256QAM

50

0

4

15MHz

256QAM

75

0

5

20MHz

256QAM

100

0

Note 1: Only applicable for Low Range.

Note 2: Only applicable for Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies.

Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for NS_06 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configura-tion ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

1.4MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing

256QAM

6

2

5MHz

256QAM

25

3

10MHz

256QAM

50

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Mid range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

10MHz

Test Parameters for NS_07 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configura-tion ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

RBstart

FDD

1

10MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing

256QAM

36

13

2

10MHz

256QAM

16

19

3

10MHz

256QAM

30

19

4

10MHz

256QAM

50

0

Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_11")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

For 3 MHz Channel Bandwidth:

a. 2001.5 MHz (NUL = 25515)

b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545)

For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525)

b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545)

c. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550)

b. 2005.5 MHz (NUL = 25555)

c. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650)

For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

b. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600)

Test Channel Bandwidths
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_11 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

3MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing

256QAM

15

2

5MHz

256QAM

25

3

10MHz

256QAM

50

4

15MHz

256QAM

8

5

15MHz

256QAM

25

6

15MHz

256QAM

30

7

15MHz

256QAM

75

8

20MHz

256QAM

10

9

20MHz

256QAM

25

10

20MHz

256QAM

100

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.6.2.2_2.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_20")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth
a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525)

b. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

c. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

d. 2017.5 MHz (NUL = 25675)

For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550)

b. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650)

For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600)

Test Channel Bandwidths
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_20 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

5MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing

256QAM

15

2

5MHz

256QAM

25

3

10MHz

256QAM

50

4

15MHz

256QAM

25

5

15MHz

256QAM

36

6

15MHz

256QAM

75

7

20MHz

256QAM

25

8

20MHz

256QAM

75

9

20MHz

256QAM

100

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.6.2.2_2.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_21")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

10 MHz

Test Parameters for NS_21 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart FDD

1

10 MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing

256QAM

50

0

Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_27")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Refer to Frequency column in test parameters

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_27 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Frequency

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart

FDD

1

Low/Mid/High

5MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing

256QAM

25

0

2

Low/Mid/High

10MHz

256QAM

50

0

3

Low/Mid/High

15MHz

256QAM

75

0

4

Low/Mid/High

20MHz

256QAM

100

0

Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_35 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configura-tion ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

5MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing

256QAM

25

2

10MHz

256QAM

50

3

15MHz

256QAM

75

4

20MHz

256QAM

100

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-9.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2_2.4.3.

6.6.2.2_2.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.2

6.6.2.2_2.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3

6.6.2.2_2.5 Test requirements

Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.5

6.6.2.2_3 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask with PUSCH frequency hopping

Editor’s notes: This test case is incomplete. The following aspects are either missing or TBD.

– Annex F is not updated

– HARQ configuration for re-transmissions is missing

6.6.2.2_3.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2_3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.

6.6.2.2_3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as section 6.6.2.2.3

6.6.2.2_3.4 Test description

6.6.2.2_3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 6.6.2.2_3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2_3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Mid range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Test dependant

Test Parameters

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

NS-value

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

NS_07

10 MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

1

3 (Note 3)

NS_11

15 MHz

QPSK

1

10 (Note 4)

NS_20

10 MHz

QPSK

1

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4_3.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: High range test frequency to be used.

Note 4: Low range test frequency to be used.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2_3.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3.

6.6.2.2_3.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 with hopping bit(s) set to 1 (PUSCH type 2 hopping) for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to the applicable Table 6.6.2.2_3.4.1-1. SS sends always NACK on PHICH to trigger UE retransmissions needed for mirroring of RBs. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode in a TTI. The period of measurement shall be one sub-frame (1ms) excluding the 20 us transient periods in beginning and end of the subframe.

4. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode in the next TTI of the same HARQ process. The period of measurement shall be one sub-frame (1ms) excluding the 20 us transient periods in beginning and end of the subframe.

5. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Tables 6.6.2.2.5-1 to 6.6.2.2.5-6, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs excluding the 20 us transient periods in beginning and end of the subframe. The measurement period shall include at least two consecutive UL TTI’s.

6.6.2.2_3.4.3 Message contents

Message content is the same as in section 6.6.2.2.4.2

6.6.2.2_3.5 Test requirements

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3 and 4, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4_3.5-1 and 6.2.4_3.5-2 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-1 to 6.6.2.2_3.5-6, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-3: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

1 MHz

10-15

1 MHz

15-20

1 MHz

20-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-4: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-23.2

-23.2

-23.2

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

1 MHz

10-15

1 MHz

15-20

1 MHz

20-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-5: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-6: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2A Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA

6.6.2.2A.1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)

6.6.2.2A.1.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2A.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.2A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

6.6.2.2A.1.3.1 Minimum requirements (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.

When "CA_NS_04" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1: Additional requirements

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

50+75RB

(24.75 MHz)

25+100RB

(24.95 MHz)

50+100RB

(29.9 MHz)

75+75RB (30 MHz)

75+100RB (34.85 MHz)

100+100RB (39.8 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-22

-22

-22.5

-23

-23.5

-24

30 kHz

± 1-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-22.95

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 22.95-23.25

-13

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

±23.25-27.9

-25

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 27.9-28.5

-25

-25

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 28.5-29.75

-25

-25

-25

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 29.75-29.95

-25

-25

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 29.95-32.85

-25

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 32.85-34.9

-25

-25

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 34.9-35

-25

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 35-37.8

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 37.8-39.85

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 39.85-44.8

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101[2] subclause 6.6.2.2A.

6.6.2.2A.1.4 Test description

6.6.2.2A.1.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

C: Low and High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration

As in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

(PDCCH on PCC)

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

100

50

N/A

QPSK

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

2

100

50

QPSK

60

P_50@50

S_10@0

3

100

50

16QAM

15

P_0@0

S_15@0

4

100

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@49

5

75

75

QPSK

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

6

75

75

QPSK

75

P_30@45

S_45@0

7

75

75

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

8

100

75

QPSK

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

9

100

75

QPSK

80

P_50@50

S_30@0

10

100

75

16QAM

20

P_0@0

S_20@15

11

100

75

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

12

100

100

QPSK

10

P_10@25

S_0@0

13

100

100

QPSK

90

P_40@60

S_50@0

14

100

100

16QAM

15

P_0@0

S_15@40

15

100

100

16QAM

20

P_0@0

S_20@30

16

100

100

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@99

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.2A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value.

6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NS_04. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.1-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NS_04"

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10

4 (CA_NS_04)

6.6.2.2A.1.5 Test Requirements

6.6.2.2A.1.5.1 Test requirement for CA (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

When "CA_NS_04" is indicated in the cell

– the measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6 , shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1: Additional requirements

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

50+75RB

(24.75 MHz)

25+100RB

(24.95 MHz)

50+100RB

(29.9 MHz)

75+75RB (30 MHz)

75+100RB (34.85 MHz)

100+100RB (39.8 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-22

-22

-22.5

-23

-23.5

-24

30 kHz

± 1-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-22.95

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 22.95-23.25

-13

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

±23.25-27.9

-25

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 27.9-28.5

-25

-25

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 28.5-29.75

-25

-25

-25

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 29.75-29.95

-25

-25

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 29.95-32.85

-25

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 32.85-34.9

-25

-25

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 34.9-35

-25

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 35-37.8

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 37.8-39.85

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 39.85-44.8

-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel.

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value CA_NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.2A Table 6.2.2.2A-1.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2A.1_1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM

Editor’s note: For a transition period until RAN5#83, this test case in version 15.3.1 of 36.521-1 shall be used. This is to ensure no test coverage is lost before the UL 256QAM test case becomes available.

6.6.2.2A.1_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.1.

6.6.2.2A.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA, UL CA and UL 64QAM but do not support UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.2A.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.A.1.3.

6.6.2.2A.1_1.4 Test description

6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for CA_NS_04

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

C: Low and High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration

As in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

(PDCCH on PCC)

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

100

50

N/A

64QAM

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

2

100

50

64QAM

60

P_50@50

S_10@0

3

100

50

64QAM

15

P_0@0

S_15@0

4

100

50

64QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@49

5

75

75

64QAM

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

6

75

75

64QAM

75

P_30@45

S_45@0

7

75

75

64QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

8

100

75

64QAM

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

9

100

75

64QAM

80

P_50@50

S_30@0

10

100

75

64QAM

20

P_0@0

S_20@15

11

100

75

64QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

12

100

100

64QAM

10

P_10@25

S_0@0

13

100

100

64QAM

90

P_40@60

S_50@0

14

100

100

64QAM

15

P_0@0

S_15@40

15

100

100

64QAM

20

P_0@0

S_20@30

16

100

100

64QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@99

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.2 with following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4 use Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-4.

6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.1_1.5 Test Requirements

Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.5 with following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4 use Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-4.

6.6.2.2A.1_2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM

6.6.2.2A.1_2.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.1.

6.6.2.2A.1_2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA and UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.2A.1_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.3.

6.6.2.2A.1_2.4 Test description

6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for CA_NS_04

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

C: Low and High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration

As in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

(PDCCH on PCC)

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

100

50

N/A

256QAM

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

2

100

50

256QAM

60

P_50@50

S_10@0

3

100

50

256QAM

15

P_0@0

S_15@0

4

100

50

256QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@49

5

75

75

256QAM

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

6

75

75

256QAM

75

P_30@45

S_45@0

7

75

75

256QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

8

100

75

256QAM

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

9

100

75

256QAM

80

P_50@50

S_30@0

10

100

75

256QAM

20

P_0@0

S_20@15

11

100

75

256QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

12

100

100

256QAM

10

P_10@25

S_0@0

13

100

100

256QAM

90

P_40@60

S_50@0

14

100

100

256QAM

15

P_0@0

S_15@40

15

100

100

256QAM

20

P_0@0

S_20@30

16

100

100

256QAM

2

P_1@0

S_1@99

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.2 with following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4 use Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-4.

6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.1_2.5 Test Requirements

Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.5 with following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4 use Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-4.

6.6.2.2A.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA)

6.6.2.2A.2.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2A.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.2A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.2.3 per component carrier.

6.6.2.2A.2.4 Test description

6.6.2.2A.2.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state. For Uplink CA Configurations listed in table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1, Additional Spectrum emission requirements are tested.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1: Additional Spectrum Emission mask for inter-band CA

Uplink CA Configuration

NS-value per CC (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)

Applicable spectrum emission requirements (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)

CA_1A-3A

CA_1A-5A

CA_1A-7A

CA_1A-8A

CA_1A-18A

CA_1A-26A

CA_1A-42A

NS_05

NS_01

N/A

N/A

CA_1A-19A

NS_05

NS_08

N/A

N/A

CA_1A-21A

NS_05

NS_09

N/A

N/A

CA_1A-28A

NS_05

NS_17

N/A

N/A

CA_2A-4A, CA_2A-66A

NS_03

NS_03

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_2A-12A, CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-12A, CA_4A-13A, CA_4A-17A

NS_03

NS_06

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_2A-30A

NS_03

NS_21

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_3A-5A

CA_3A-7A

CA_3A-8A

CA_5A-7A

CA_39A-41A

CA_41A-42A

NS_01

NS_01

N/A

N/A

CA_3A-19A

NS_01

NS_08

N/A

N/A

CA_3A-20A

CA_7A-20A

NS_01

NS_10

N/A

N/A

CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-13A

NS_03

NS_07

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_2A-5A

CA_2A-7A, CA_4A-5A, CA_4A-7A

NS_03

NS_01

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

N/A

CA_5A-66ANote 5

NS_01

NS_03

N/A

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_5A-12A

CA_5A-17A

NS_01

NS_06

N/A

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_5A-30A

NS_01

NS_21

N/A

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_7A-28A

CA_18A-28A

NS_01

NS_17

N/A

N/A

CA_7A-28A

NS_01

NS_18

N/A

N/A

CA_12A-30A

NS_06

NS_21

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_12A-66ANote 5

NS_06

NS_03

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_19A-21A

NS_08

NS_09

N/A

N/A

Note 1: For CCs with NS_01, there are no additional requirements defined in 36.101. Only CCs with NS-value different than NS_01 needs to be tested.

Note 2: A-MPR values for NS-values in this table are the same as in section 6.2.4.3.

Note 3: Selection of CA configurations and NS-values to test is derived in TR 36.905 [19].

Note 4: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column.

Note 5: As an exception to note 4, PCC is mapped to the second band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2 for CA configurations with two bands or Table 5.4.2A.1-2a for CA configurations with three bands. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in tables 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_03 or network signalled value NS_03/NS_01)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and high range for PCC

Mid range for SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

NS_03 CC

NS_01 CC

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

8

2

25

25

16QAM

16QAM

25

25

3

25

25

16QAM

QPSK

25

8

4

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

12

5

50

50

16QAM

16QAM

50

50

6

50

50

16QAM

QPSK

50

12

7

50

100

QPSK

QPSK

6

18

8

50

100

16QAM

16QAM

50

100

9

50

100

16QAM

QPSK

50

18

10

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12

11

100

50

16QAM

16QAM

100

50

12

100

50

16QAM

QPSK

100

12

13

100

100

QPSK

QPSK

10

18

14

100

100

16QAM

16QAM

100

100

15

100

100

16QAM

QPSK

100

18

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. For Mid range place test point with RBstart=0 and RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Mapping of NS-value per CC and PCC/SCC selection are specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_07)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

6

2

25

25

16QAM

16QAM

25

9

3

25

25

QPSK

16QAM

6

9

4

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12

5

50

50

16QAM

16QAM

50

15

6

50

50

QPSK

16QAM

12

15

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_01)

SCC (NS_21)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

8

8

2

25

25

16QAM

16QAM

25

25

3

25

25

QPSK

16QAM

8

25

4

(Note 4)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@7

5

(Note 5)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@31

6

50

50

16QAM

16QAM

50

1

7

50

50

QPSK

16QAM

12

1

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1.

Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing.

Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg (Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_03)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

15

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

4

6

2

15

25

16QAM

16QAM

15

25

3

15

25

16QAM

QPSK

15

6

4

25

25

QPSK

QPSK

6

6

5

25

25

16QAM

16QAM

25

25

6

25

25

16QAM

QPSK

25

6

7

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

6

8

50

50

16QAM

16QAM

50

50

9

50

50

16QAM

QPSK

50

6

10

100

100

QPSK

QPSK

10

10

11

100

100

16QAM

16QAM

100

100

12

100

100

16QAM

QPSK

100

10

13

6

25

QPSK

QPSK

5

6

14

6

25

16QAM

16QAM

6

25

15

6

25

16QAM

QPSK

6

6

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_06)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

15

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

4

8

2

15

25

16QAM

16QAM

15

25

3

15

25

16QAM

QPSK

15

8

4

25

15

QPSK

QPSK

6

4

5

25

15

16QAM

16QAM

25

15

6

25

15

16QAM

QPSK

25

4

7

25

25

QPSK

QPSK

6

8

8

25

25

16QAM

16QAM

25

25

9

25

25

16QAM

QPSK

25

8

10

25

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

12

11

25

50

16QAM

16QAM

25

50

12

25

50

16QAM

QPSK

25

12

13

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

12

14

50

50

16QAM

16QAM

50

50

15

50

50

16QAM

QPSK

50

12

16

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12

17

100

50

16QAM

16QAM

100

50

18

100

50

16QAM

QPSK

100

12

19

75

25

QPSK

QPSK

8

8

20

75

25

16QAM

16QAM

75

25

21

75

25

16QAM

QPSK

75

8

22

6

25

QPSK

QPSK

5

8

23

6

25

16QAM

16QAM

6

25

24

6

25

16QAM

QPSK

6

8

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_07)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

50

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

6@13

2

25

50

16QAM

16QAM

25

50

3

25

50

QPSK

16QAM

6

50

4

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

6@13

5

50

50

16QAM

16QAM

50

50

6

50

50

QPSK

16QAM

6

50

7

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

6@13

8

100

50

16QAM

16QAM

100

50

9

100

50

QPSK

16QAM

10

50

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_21)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

8

2

25

25

16QAM

16QAM

25

25

3

25

25

16QAM

QPSK

25

8

4

(Note 4)

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12@7

5

(Note 5)

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12@31

6

100

50

16QAM

16QAM

100

1

7

100

50

QPSK

16QAM

10

1

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1.

Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing.

Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_06)

SCC (NS_21)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

8

8

2

25

25

16QAM

16QAM

25

25

3

25

25

16QAM

QPSK

25

8

4

(Note 4)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@7

5

(Note 5)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@31

6

50

50

16QAM

16QAM

50

1

7

50

50

QPSK

16QAM

12

1

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1.

Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing.

Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-9.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-9 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Tables 6.2.4A.2.5-2 to 6.2.4A.2.5-12. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for PCC if NS-value other than NS_01 with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-4 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

8. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for SCC if NS-value other than NS_01 with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-4 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.2A.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value. These exceptions indicate that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_03" on PCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_03 for PCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.1-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_03" on PCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

3 (NS_03)

6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.2 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_03" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_03 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.2-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_03" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10

3 (NS_03)

6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.3 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_06" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_06 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.3-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_06" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10

6 (NS_06)

6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.4 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_07" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_07 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.4-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_07" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10

7 (NS_07)

6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.5 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_21" on SCC)

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_21 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.5-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_21" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

21 (NS_21)

2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_21 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.5-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_21" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10

21 (NS_21)

6.6.2.2A.2.5 Test Requirements

The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6 , shall fulfil requirements in Tables 6.2.4A.2.5-1 to 6.2.4A.2.5-12 as appropriate,

and

The power of any UE emission per component carrier derived in step 7 and 8 shall not exceed the levels specified in Tables 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-4.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.5-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.5-3: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2.5-4: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel.

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2A.2_1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM

Editor’s note: For a transition period until RAN5#83, this test case in version 15.3.1 of 36.521-1 shall be used. This is to ensure no test coverage is lost before the UL 256QAM test case becomes available.

6.6.2.2A.2_1.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2A.2_1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA and UL 64QAM but do not support UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.2A.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.2A.2.3.

6.6.2.2A.2_1.4 Test description

6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state. For Uplink CA Configurations listed in table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-1, Additional Spectrum emission requirements are tested.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-1: Additional Spectrum Emission mask for inter-band CA

Uplink CA Configuration

NS-value per CC (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)

Applicable spectrum emission requirements (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)

CA_2A-4A, CA_2A-66A

NS_03

NS_03

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_2A-12A, CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-12A, CA_4A-13A, CA_4A-17A

NS_03

NS_06

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-13A

NS_03

NS_07

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_2A-5A, CA_2A-7A, CA_4A-5A, CA_4A-7A

NS_03

NS_01

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

N/A

CA_5A-66ANote5

NS_01

NS_03

N/A

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_2A-30A

NS_03

NS_21

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_5A-12A

NS_01

NS_06

N/A

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_5A-30A

NS_01

NS_21

N/A

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_12A-30A

NS_06

NS_21

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_1A-3A

NS_05

NS_01

N/A

N/A

CA_1A-19A

NS_05

NS_08

N/A

N/A

CA_1A-21A

NS_05

NS_09

N/A

N/A

CA_3A-19A

NS_01

NS_08

N/A

N/A

CA_19A-21A

NS_08

NS_09

N/A

N/A

Note 1: For CCs with NS_01, there are no additional requirements defined in 36.101. Only CCs with NS-value different than NS_01 needs to be tested.

Note 2: A-MPR values for NS-values in this table are the same as in section 6.2.4.3.

Note 3: Selection of CA configurations and NS-values to test is derived in TR 36.905 [19].

Note 4: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column.

Note 5: As an exception to note 4, PCC is mapped to the second band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in tables 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_03 or network signalled value NS_03/NS_01)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and high range for PCC

Mid range for SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

NS_03 CC

NS_01 CC

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

8

2

25

25

64QAM

64QAM

25

25

3

25

25

64QAM

QPSK

25

8

4

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

12

5

50

50

64QAM

64QAM

50

50

6

50

50

64QAM

QPSK

50

12

7

50

100

QPSK

QPSK

6

18

8

50

100

64QAM

64QAM

50

100

9

50

100

64QAM

QPSK

50

18

10

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12

11

100

50

64QAM

64QAM

100

50

12

100

50

64QAM

QPSK

100

12

13

100

100

QPSK

QPSK

10

18

14

100

100

64QAM

64QAM

100

100

15

100

100

64QAM

QPSK

100

18

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. For Mid range place test point with RBstart=0 and RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Mapping of NS-value per CC and PCC/SCC selection are specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1‑1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_07)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

6

2

25

25

64QAM

64QAM

25

9

3

25

25

QPSK

64QAM

6

9

4

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12

5

50

50

64QAM

64QAM

50

15

6

50

50

QPSK

64QAM

12

15

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_01)

SCC (NS_21)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

8

8

2

25

25

64QAM

64QAM

25

25

3

25

25

QPSK

64QAM

8

25

4

(Note 4)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@7

5

(Note 5)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@31

6

50

50

64QAM

64QAM

50

1

7

50

50

QPSK

64QAM

12

1

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-1.

Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing.

Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg (Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_03)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

15

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

4

6

2

15

25

64QAM

64QAM

15

25

3

15

25

64QAM

QPSK

15

6

4

25

25

QPSK

QPSK

6

6

5

25

25

64QAM

64QAM

25

25

6

25

25

64QAM

QPSK

25

6

7

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

6

8

50

50

64QAM

64QAM

50

50

9

50

50

64QAM

QPSK

50

6

10

100

100

QPSK

QPSK

10

10

11

100

100

64QAM

64QAM

100

100

12

100

100

64QAM

QPSK

100

10

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_06)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

15

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

4

8

2

15

25

64QAM

64QAM

15

25

3

15

25

64QAM

QPSK

15

8

4

25

15

QPSK

QPSK

6

4

5

25

15

64QAM

64QAM

25

15

6

25

15

64QAM

QPSK

25

4

7

25

25

QPSK

QPSK

6

8

8

25

25

64QAM

64QAM

25

25

9

25

25

64QAM

QPSK

25

8

10

25

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

12

11

25

50

64QAM

64QAM

25

50

12

25

50

64QAM

QPSK

25

12

13

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

12

14

50

50

64QAM

64QAM

50

50

15

50

50

64QAM

QPSK

50

12

16

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12

17

100

50

64QAM

64QAM

100

50

18

100

50

64QAM

QPSK

100

12

19

75

25

QPSK

QPSK

8

8

20

75

25

64QAM

64QAM

75

25

21

75

25

64QAM

QPSK

75

8

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_07)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

50

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

6@13

2

25

50

64QAM

64QAM

25

50

3

25

50

QPSK

64QAM

6

50

4

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

6@13

5

50

50

64QAM

64QAM

50

50

6

50

50

QPSK

64QAM

6

50

7

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

6@13

8

100

50

64QAM

64QAM

100

50

9

100

50

QPSK

64QAM

10

50

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_21)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

8

2

25

25

64QAM

64QAM

25

25

3

25

25

64QAM

QPSK

25

8

4

(Note 4)

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12@7

5

(Note 5)

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12@31

6

100

50

64QAM

64QAM

100

1

7

100

50

QPSK

64QAM

10

1

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-1.

Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing.

Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_06)

SCC (NS_21)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

8

8

2

25

25

64QAM

64QAM

25

25

3

25

25

64QAM

QPSK

25

8

4

(Note 4)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@7

5

(Note 5)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@31

6

50

50

64QAM

64QAM

50

1

7

50

50

QPSK

64QAM

12

1

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-1.

Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing.

Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-9.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.2.

6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.2_1.5 Test Requirements

Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.5.

6.6.2.2A.2_2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM

6.6.2.2A.2_2.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2A.2_2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA and UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.2A.2_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.2A.2.3.

6.6.2.2A.2_2.4 Test description

6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state. For Uplink CA Configurations listed in table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-1, Additional Spectrum emission requirements are tested.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-1 Additional Spectrum Emission mask for inter-band CA

Uplink CA Configuration

NS-value per CC (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)

Applicable spectrum emission requirements (in same order as UL CA Configuration column)

CA_2A-4A, CA_2A-66A

NS_03

NS_03

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_2A-12A, CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-12A, CA_4A-13A, CA_4A-17A

NS_03

NS_06

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-13A

NS_03

NS_07

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_2A-5A, CA_2A-7A, CA_4A-5A, CA_4A-7A

NS_03

NS_01

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

N/A

CA_5A-66ANote5

NS_01

NS_03

N/A

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_2A-30A

NS_03

NS_21

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_5A-12A

NS_01

NS_06

N/A

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_5A-30A

NS_01

NS_21

N/A

Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1

CA_12A-30A

NS_06

NS_21

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1

CA_1A-3A

NS_05

NS_01

N/A

N/A

CA_1A-19A

NS_05

NS_08

N/A

N/A

CA_1A-21A

NS_05

NS_09

N/A

N/A

CA_3A-19A

NS_01

NS_08

N/A

N/A

CA_19A-21A

NS_08

NS_09

N/A

N/A

Note 1: For CCs with NS_01, there are no additional requirements defined in 36.101. Only CCs with NS-value different than NS_01 needs to be tested.

Note 2: A-MPR values for NS-values in this table are the same as in section 6.2.4.3.

Note 3: Selection of CA configurations and NS-values to test is derived in TR 36.905 [19].

Note 4: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column.

Note 5: As an exception to note 4, PCC is mapped to the second band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in tables 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_03 or network signalled value NS_03/NS_01)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and high range for PCC

Mid range for SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

NS_03 CC

NS_01 CC

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

8

2

25

25

256QAM

256QAM

25

25

3

25

25

256QAM

QPSK

25

8

4

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

12

5

50

50

256QAM

256QAM

50

50

6

50

50

256QAM

QPSK

50

12

7

50

100

QPSK

QPSK

6

18

8

50

100

256QAM

256QAM

50

100

9

50

100

256QAM

QPSK

50

18

10

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12

11

100

50

256QAM

256QAM

100

50

12

100

50

256QAM

QPSK

100

12

13

100

100

QPSK

QPSK

10

18

14

100

100

256QAM

256QAM

100

100

15

100

100

256QAM

QPSK

100

18

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Mapping of NS-value per CC and PCC/SCC selection are specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1‑1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_07)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

6

2

25

25

256QAM

256QAM

25

9

3

25

25

QPSK

256QAM

6

9

4

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12

5

50

50

256QAM

256QAM

50

15

6

50

50

QPSK

256QAM

12

15

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_01)

SCC (NS_21)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

8

8

2

25

25

256QAM

256QAM

25

25

3

25

25

QPSK

256QAM

8

25

4

(Note 4)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@7

5

(Note 5)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@31

6

50

50

256QAM

256QAM

50

1

7

50

50

QPSK

256QAM

12

1

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-1.

Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing.

Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg (Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_03)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

15

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

4

6

2

15

25

256QAM

256QAM

15

25

3

15

25

256QAM

QPSK

15

6

4

25

25

QPSK

QPSK

6

6

5

25

25

256QAM

256QAM

25

25

6

25

25

256QAM

QPSK

25

6

7

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

6

8

50

50

256QAM

256QAM

50

50

9

50

50

256QAM

QPSK

50

6

10

100

100

QPSK

QPSK

10

10

11

100

100

256QAM

256QAM

100

100

12

100

100

256QAM

QPSK

100

10

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_06)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

15

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

4

8

2

15

25

256QAM

256QAM

15

25

3

15

25

256QAM

QPSK

15

8

4

25

15

QPSK

QPSK

6

4

5

25

15

256QAM

256QAM

25

15

6

25

15

256QAM

QPSK

25

4

7

25

25

QPSK

QPSK

6

8

8

25

25

256QAM

256QAM

25

25

9

25

25

256QAM

QPSK

25

8

10

25

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

12

11

25

50

256QAM

256QAM

25

50

12

25

50

256QAM

QPSK

25

12

13

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

12

14

50

50

256QAM

256QAM

50

50

15

50

50

256QAM

QPSK

50

12

16

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12

17

100

50

256QAM

256QAM

100

50

18

100

50

256QAM

QPSK

100

12

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_07)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

50

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

6@13

2

25

50

256QAM

256QAM

25

50

3

25

50

QPSK

256QAM

6

50

4

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

6

6@13

5

50

50

256QAM

256QAM

50

50

6

50

50

QPSK

256QAM

6

50

7

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

6@13

8

100

50

256QAM

256QAM

100

50

9

100

50

QPSK

256QAM

10

50

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_03)

SCC (NS_21)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

6

8

2

25

25

256QAM

256QAM

25

25

3

25

25

256QAM

QPSK

25

8

4

(Note 4)

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12@7

5

(Note 5)

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

10

12@31

6

100

50

256QAM

256QAM

100

1

7

100

50

QPSK

256QAM

10

1

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-1.

Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing.

Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC (NS_06)

SCC (NS_21)

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

8

8

2

25

25

256QAM

256QAM

25

25

3

25

25

256QAM

QPSK

25

8

4

(Note 4)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@7

5

(Note 5)

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

12

12@31

6

50

50

256QAM

256QAM

50

1

7

50

50

QPSK

256QAM

12

1

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-1.

Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing.

Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-9.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.2.

6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.2_2.5 Test Requirements

Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.5.

6.6.2.2A.3 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA)

6.6.2.2A.3.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2A.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA.

6.6.2.2A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Minimum conformance requirements are specified in section 6.2.4A.3.1.

6.6.2.2A.3.4 Test description

6.6.2.2A.3.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-3. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.2.4A.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value CA_NC_NS_01)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Refer to test points

A: Low Wgap, Maximum Wgap

Test CC Combination setting (NRB) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Refer to test point

Test only test points with

Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC

Highest NRB for PCC and SCC

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

Wgap
[MHz]

DL Allocation

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs NRB

CC MOD

PCC & SCC
RB allocation

CC MOD

PCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

CC MOD

SCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations

1

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@24

2

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@0

3

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@24

4

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@0

5

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@99

6

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@75

7

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_100@0

16QAM

S_100@0

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.3.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.3.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.3.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for PCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-2 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

8. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for SCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-2 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.2A.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value. These exceptions indicate that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

6.6.2.2A.3.4.3.2 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NC_NS_01")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NC_NS_01. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.

Table 6.6.2.2A.3.4.3.2-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NC_NS_01"

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10

1 (CA_NC_NS_01)

6.6.2.2A.3.5 Test Requirements

The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6 , shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.3.5-1,

and

The power of any UE emission per component carrier derived in step 7 and 8 shall not exceed the levels specified in Tables 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-2. The spectrum emission mask requirement is defined as a composite spectrum emissions mask, as defined in section 6.6.2.1A.0.

Table 6.6.2.2A.3.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value " CA_NC_NS_01"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2A.3.5-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value " CA_NC_NS_01"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2A.4 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (3UL CA)

6.6.2.2A.4.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2A.4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support intra-band contiguous or inter-band and 3UL CA.

6.6.2.2A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.2.3 per component carrier.

6.6.2.2A.4.4 Test description

6.6.2.2A.4.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-3. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.4.4.1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2A.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for intra-band contiguous CA

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

C: Low and High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration

As in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

(PDCCH on PCC)

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

100

50

N/A

QPSK

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

S_0@0

2

100

50

QPSK

70

P_50@50

S_10@0

S_10@0

3

100

50

16QAM

30

P_0@0

S_15@0

S_15@0

4

100

50

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@49

S_1@49

5

75

75

QPSK

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

S_0@0

6

75

75

QPSK

120

P_30@45

S_45@0

S_45@0

7

75

75

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@74

S_1@74

8

100

75

QPSK

10

P_10@20

S_0@0

S_0@0

9

100

75

QPSK

110

P_50@50

S_30@0

S_30@0

10

100

75

16QAM

40

P_0@0

S_20@15

S_20@15

11

100

75

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@74

S_1@74

12

100

100

QPSK

10

P_10@25

S_0@0

S_0@0

13

100

100

QPSK

140

P_40@60

S_50@0

S_50@0

14

100

100

16QAM

30

P_0@0

S_15@40

S_15@40

15

100

100

16QAM

40

P_0@0

S_20@30

S_20@30

16

100

100

QPSK

3

P_1@0

S_1@99

S_1@99

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.4.4.1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.4.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.4.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2A.4.4.1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for PCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.4.5.1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

8. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for SCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.4.5.1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.2A.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value. These exceptions indicate that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

6.6.2.2A.4.5 Test Requirements

The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6 , shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2A.4.5,and

– the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.4.5-1: Additional requirements

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

50+100RB

(29.9 MHz)

75+75B (30 MHz)

75+100RB (34.85 MHz)

100+100RB (39.8 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-21

-21

-22

-22.5

30 kHz

± 1-5.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 5.5-34.9

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

1 MHz

± 34.9-35

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

1 MHz

± 35-39.85

-23.5

-23.5

1 MHz

± 39.85-44.8

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value CA_NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.2A Table 6.2.2.2A-1.

6.6.2.2A.5 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (4UL CA)

Editor’s Note: This test case is incomplete. The following items are missing or are incomplete:

  • Test configuration table is TBD, because A-MPR test case for 4UL CA is incomplete
  • A-MPR related test requirements are TBD, because A-MPR test case for 4UL CA is incomplete

6.6.2.2A.5.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2A.5.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band and 4UL CA.

6.6.2.2A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.3

6.6.2.2A.5.4 Test description

6.6.2.2A.5.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.5.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2A.5.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value CA_NS_04/CA_NS_08)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest and Highest NRBagg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC

SCC1

SCC2

SCC3

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC1

SCC2

SCC3

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

NRB

NRB

1

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

N/A for this test

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

2

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

3

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

TBD

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.55 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.5.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.5.4.3.

6.6.2.2A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.5.4.3.

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2A.5.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table TBD. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.2A.5.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value.

6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NS_04. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.

Table 6.6.2.2A.5.4.3.1-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NS_04"

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10

4 (CA_NS_04)

6.6.2.2A.5.5.1 Test requirement for CA (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")

When "CA_NS_04" is indicated in the cell the measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6 , shall fulfil requirements in Table TBD as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1: Additional requirements

Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

50+75RB

(24.75 MHz)

25+100RB

(24.95 MHz)

50+100RB

(29.9 MHz)

75+75RB (30 MHz)

75+100RB (34.85 MHz)

100+100RB (39.8 MHz)

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-20.5

-20.5

-21

-21.5

-22

-22.5

30 kHz

± 1-5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

± 5-22.95

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 22.95-23.25

-11.5

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

±23.25-27.9

-23.5

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 27.9-28.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 28.5-29.75

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 29.75-29.95

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 29.95-32.85

-23.5

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 32.85-34.9

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 34.9-35

-23.5

-23.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 35-37.8

-23.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 37.8-39.85

-23.5

-23.5

1 MHz

± 39.85-44.8

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel.

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value CA_NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.2A Table 6.6.2.2A-1.

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2B Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UL-MIMO

6.6.2.2B.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission at each transmit antenna shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2B.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO

6.6.2.2B.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.2.3.

6.6.2.2B.4 Test description

6.6.2.2B.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2B.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2B.4.1-7.The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, and “NS_20”)

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

15

15

3MHz

16QAM

4

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

QPSK

6

6

5MHz

16QAM

25

25

5MHz

16QAM

8

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

QPSK

6

6

10MHz

16QAM

50

(Note 3)

50

(Note 3)

10MHz

16QAM

12

12

15MHz

QPSK

75

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

QPSK

8

8

15MHz

16QAM

75

(Note 3)

75

(Note 3)

15MHz

16QAM

16

16

20MHz

QPSK

100

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

QPSK

10

10

20MHz

16QAM

100

(Note 3)

100

(Note 3)

20MHz

16QAM

18

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories [FFS].

Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 to Rel-13 and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 0:

For 5 MHz bandwidth:

2499.6 MHz, NUL= 39696

For 10 MHz bandwidth:

2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731

For 15 MHz bandwidth:

2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799

For 20 MHz bandwidth:

2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866

Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 and later and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 1:

For 5 MHz bandwidth:

2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39686

For 10 MHz bandwidth:

2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731

For 15 MHz bandwidth:

2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799

For 20 MHz bandwidth:

2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configura-tion ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

TDD

Mod’n

RB allocation

TDD

RBstart

TDD

1 (Note 6)

5MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

25

0

2 (Note 6)

5MHz

QPSK

8

Note 3

3(Note 6)

5MHz

QPSK

6

Note 3

4 (Note 6)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

25

0

5 (Note 6)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

8

Note 3

6 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

7 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

12

0

8 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

9 Note 6)

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

50

(Note 4)

0

10 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

24

13

11 (Note 6)

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

24

13

12 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

36

13

13 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

12

37

14 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

1

49

15 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

1

0

16 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

16

0

17 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

75

0

18 (Note 6)

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

75

(Note 4)

0

19 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

36

19

20 (Note 6)

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

36

(Note 4)

19

21 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

50

19

22 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

18

56

23 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

1

74

24 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

1

0

25 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

18

0

26 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

100

0

27 (Note 6)

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

100

(Note 4)

0

28 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

50

25

29 (Note 6)

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

50

(Note 4)

25

30 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

75

25

31 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

25

75

32 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

1

99

33 (Note 8)

5MHz

QPSK

1

0

34 (Note 8)

5MHz

QPSK

16

9

35 (Note 9)

5MHz

QPSK

25

0

36 (Note 8)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

16

9

37 (Note 9)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

25

0

38 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

39 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

1

49

40 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

24

0

41 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

40

10

42 (Note 7)

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

43 (Note 7)

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

50

0

44 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

1

0

45 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

1

74

46 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

32

0

47 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

60

15

48 (Note 7)

15MHz

QPSK

75

0

49 (Note 7)

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

75

0

50 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

1

0

51 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

1

99

52 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

36

0

53 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

75

25

54 (Note 7)

20MHz

QPSK

100

0

55 (Note 7)

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

100

0

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to be corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 5: Void.

Note 6: Applies only for Rel-11 and earlier.

Note 7: Applies only for Rel-12 and later.

Note 8: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Low Range.

Note 9: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies.

Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

6

NA

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

3MHz

16QAM

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

5MHz

16QAM

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

10MHz

16QAM

12

15MHz

QPSK

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

15MHz

16QAM

16

20MHz

QPSK

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

20MHz

16QAM

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

Mid range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

10MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Test Number

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

RBstart

1

10MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

1

0

2

10MHz

QPSK

8

0

3

10MHz

QPSK

6

13

4

10MHz

QPSK

20

13

5

10MHz

QPSK

12

13

6

10MHz

16QAM

36

(Note 1)

13

7

10MHz

QPSK

16

19

8

10MHz

QPSK

12

19

9

10MHz

16QAM

16

19

10

10MHz

QPSK

30

19

11

10MHz

16QAM

30

(Note 1)

19

12

10MHz

QPSK

6

43

13

10MHz

QPSK

2

48

14

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

15

10MHz

QPSK

12

0

16

10MHz

16QAM

50

(Note 1)

0

Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories [FFS].

Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_21")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range or High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5 MHz, 10 MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart FDD

1 (note 2)

5 MHz

QPSK

1

0

2 (note 2)

5 MHz

QPSK

25

0

3 (note 2)

10 MHz

QPSK

1

0

4 (note 3)

10 MHz

QPSK

1

49

5 (note 2)

10 MHz

QPSK

15

0

6 (note 3)

10 MHz

QPSK

3

47

7 (note 3)

10 MHz

QPSK

50

0

8 (note 1, 3)

10 MHz

16QAM

50

0

Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 2: Applicable only to low range frequency testing.

Note 3: Applicable only to high range frequency testing.

Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_27")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Refer to Frequency column in test parameters

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_27 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Frequency

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart

FDD

1

Low/Mid

5MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

1

0

2

High

5MHz

QPSK

1

24

3

Low/Mid/High

5MHz

QPSK

25

0

4

Low/Mid/High

5MHz

16QAM

25

0

5

Low/Mid

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

6

High

10MHz

QPSK

1

49

7

Low/Mid/High

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

8 (Note 2)

Low/Mid/High

10MHz

16QAM

50

0

9

Low/Mid

15MHz

QPSK

1

0

10

Low

15MHz

QPSK

1

7

11

Low/Mid

15MHz

QPSK

16

0

12

High

15MHz

QPSK

1

74

13

High

15MHz

QPSK

1

67

14

High

15MHz

QPSK

16

74

15

Low/Mid/High

15MHz

QPSK

75

0

16 (Note 2)

Low/Mid/High

15MHz

16QAM

75

0

17

Low/Mid

20MHz

QPSK

1

0

18

Low

20MHz

QPSK

1

13

19

Low

20MHz

QPSK

1

16

20

Low/Mid

20MHz

QPSK

21

0

21

High

20MHz

QPSK

1

99

22

High

20MHz

QPSK

1

86

23

High

20MHz

QPSK

1

83

24

High

20MHz

QPSK

21

0

25

Low/Mid/High

20MHz

QPSK

100

0

26 (Note 2)

Low/Mid/High

20MHz

16QAM

100

0

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4B.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

5MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

5MHz

16QAM

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

10MHz

16QAM

12

15MHz

QPSK

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

15MHz

16QAM

16

20MHz

QPSK

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

20MHz

16QAM

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.28.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2B.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2B.4.1-7.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2B.4.3.

6.6.2.2B.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as defined in clause 6.6.2.2.4.2.

6.6.2.2B.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, with the same exceptions as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3.

6.6.2.2B.5 Test requirements

Same test requirements as defined in clause 6.6.2.2.5.

6.6.2.2E Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category 0

6.6.2.2E.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1.

6.6.2.2E.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

6.6.2.2E.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3

6.6.2.2E.4 Test description

6.6.2.2E.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.1 with following exceptions for HD-FDD:

– Instead of Tables 6.6.2.2.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2.4.1-10 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.2E.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2E.4.1-4.

– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

Table 6.6.2.2E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD and HD-FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

5

5

3MHz

16QAM

4

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

QPSK

6

6

5MHz

16QAM

5

5

10MHz

QPSK

36

36

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

QPSK

6

6

10MHz

16QAM

5

5

15MHz

QPSK

36

36

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

QPSK

8

8

15MHz

16QAM

5

5

20MHz

QPSK

36

36

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

QPSK

10

10

20MHz

16QAM

5

5

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.2E.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

TDD

Mod’n

RB allocation

TDD

RBstart

TDD

1

5MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing

QPSK

25

Note 2

2

5MHz

QPSK

8

Note 2

3

5MHz

QPSK

6

Note 2

4

5MHz

16QAM

5

Note 2

5

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

6

10MHz

QPSK

12

0

7

10MHz

QPSK

36

0

8

10MHz

QPSK

24

13

9

10MHz

16QAM

5

13

10

10MHz

QPSK

36

13

11

10MHz

QPSK

12

37

12

10MHz

QPSK

1

49

13

15MHz

QPSK

1

0

14

15MHz

QPSK

16

0

15

15MHz

QPSK

36

0

16

15MHz

QPSK

36

19

17

15MHz

QPSK

18

56

18

15MHz

QPSK

1

74

19

20MHz

QPSK

1

0

20

20MHz

QPSK

18

0

21

20MHz

QPSK

36

0

22

20MHz

QPSK

36

25

23

20MHz

QPSK

25

75

24

20MHz

QPSK

1

99

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.2E.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD and HD-FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

6

NA

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

3MHz

16QAM

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

5MHz

16QAM

5

10MHz

QPSK

36

10MHz

QPSK

12

10MHz

16QAM

5

15MHz

QPSK

36

15MHz

QPSK

16

15MHz

16QAM

5

20MHz

QPSK

36

20MHz

QPSK

18

20MHz

16QAM

5

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Table 6.6.2.2E.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Mid range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

10MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Test Number

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

RBstart

1

10MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

1

0

2

10MHz

QPSK

8

0

3

10MHz

QPSK

6

13

4

10MHz

QPSK

20

13

5

10MHz

QPSK

12

13

6

10MHz

QPSK

16

19

7

10MHz

QPSK

12

19

10MHz

16QAM

5

19

10

10MHz

QPSK

30

19

12

10MHz

QPSK

6

43

13

10MHz

QPSK

2

48

14

10MHz

QPSK

36

0

15

10MHz

QPSK

12

0

6.6.2.2E.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.2.3.4.2 with following exception for HD-FDD:

– In step 3, slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard sub frame are not under test.

6.6.2.2E.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3.

6.6.2.2E.5 Test requirements

6.6.2.2E.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"”)

When "NS_03” is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-1 and 6.2.4.5-2 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2E.5.1-1 or 6.6.2.2E.5.1-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2E.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2E.5.1-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2E.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")

When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-3 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2E.5.2-1 or Table.6.6.2.2E.5.2-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2E.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

1 MHz

10-15

1 MHz

15-20

1 MHz

20-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2E.5.2-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-23.2

-23.2

-23.2

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

1 MHz

10-15

1 MHz

15-20

1 MHz

20-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")

When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-5, 6.2.4.5-6 and 6.2.4.5-7 as appropriate l,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2E.5.3-1 or Table.6.6.2.2E.5.3-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2E.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel.

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2E.5.3-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2EA Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category M1

Editor’s note: This clause is incomplete. The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

– NS_04 (B41): Test configuration table missing due to minimum requirements for A-MPR in 36.101 are incomplete.

6.6.2.2EA.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1.

6.6.2.2EA.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

6.6.2.2EA.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3

6.6.2.2EA.4 Test description

6.6.2.2EA.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-4. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

0

6

3MHz

QPSK

2

0

7

3MHz

QPSK

5

0

8

3MHz

QPSK

6

0

9

3MHz

16QAM

2

0

10

3MHz

16QAM

5

0

11

5MHz

QPSK

6

0

12 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

0

13

5MHz

16QAM

3

0

14

5MHz

16QAM

5

0

15 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

0

16

10MHz

QPSK

6

0

17 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

0

18

10MHz

16QAM

5

0

19

15MHz

QPSK

6

0

20

15MHz

16QAM

5

0

21

20MHz

16QAM

5

0

High range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

0

6

3MHz

QPSK

2

1

7

3MHz

QPSK

5

1

8

3MHz

QPSK

6

1

9

3MHz

16QAM

2

1

10

3MHz

16QAM

5

1

11

5MHz

QPSK

6

3

12 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

3

13

5MHz

16QAM

3

3

14

5MHz

16QAM

5

3

15 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

7

16

10MHz

QPSK

6

7

17 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

7

18

10MHz

16QAM

5

7

19

15MHz

QPSK

6

11

20

15MHz

16QAM

5

11

21

20MHz

16QAM

6

15

Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband.

Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE

Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1a: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation (network signalled value "NS_03")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low Range, Mid range, High Range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

1.4MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

½

0

3

3MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

4

3MHz

QPSK

½

0

5

5MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

6

5MHz

QPSK

½

0

7

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

8

10MHz

QPSK

½

0

9

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

10

15MHz

QPSK

½

0

11

20MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

12

20MHz

QPSK

½

0

High range

13

1.4MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

14

1.4MHz

QPSK

½

0

15

3MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

1

16

3MHz

QPSK

½

1

17

5MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

3

18

5MHz

QPSK

½

3

19

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

7

20

10MHz

QPSK

½

7

21

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

11

22

15MHz

QPSK

½

11

23

20MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

15

24

20MHz

QPSK

½

15

Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4.

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: For Low range, Mid range, the SCstart shall be 0. For High range, SCstart shall be SC# (47 – (RB allocation x 12)) of the narrowband.

Note 4: This table applies only to UE supporting subPRB allocation.

Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")

TBD

Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-2a: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation (network signalled value "NS_04")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low Range, Mid range, High Range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

5MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

2

5MHz

QPSK

½

0

3

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

4

10MHz

QPSK

½

0

5

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

6

15MHz

QPSK

½

0

7

20MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

8

20MHz

QPSK

½

0

High range

9

5MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

3

10

5MHz

QPSK

½

3

11

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

7

12

10MHz

QPSK

½

7

13

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

11

14

15MHz

QPSK

½

11

15

20MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

15

16

20MHz

QPSK

½

15

Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: For Low range, Mid range, the SCstart shall be 0. For High range, SCstart shall be SC# (47 – (RB allocation x 12)) of the narrowband.

Note 4: This table applies only to UE supporting subPRB allocation.

Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

0

6

3MHz

QPSK

2

0

7

3MHz

QPSK

5

0

8

3MHz

QPSK

6

0

9

3MHz

16QAM

2

0

10

3MHz

16QAM

5

0

11

5MHz

QPSK

6

0

12 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

0

13

5MHz

16QAM

3

0

14

5MHz

16QAM

5

0

15 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

0

16

10MHz

QPSK

6

0

17 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

0

18

10MHz

16QAM

5

0

High range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

0

6

3MHz

QPSK

2

1

7

3MHz

QPSK

5

1

8

3MHz

QPSK

6

1

9

3MHz

16QAM

2

1

10

3MHz

16QAM

5

1

11

5MHz

QPSK

6

3

12 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

3

13

5MHz

16QAM

3

3

14

5MHz

16QAM

5

3

15 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

7

16

10MHz

QPSK

6

7

17 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

7

18

10MHz

16QAM

5

7

Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband.

Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE

Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

10MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

2

10MHz

QPSK

4

0

3

10MHz

QPSK

6

0

4

10MHz

16QAM

5

0

High range

1

10MHz

QPSK

1

7

2

10MHz

QPSK

4

7

3

10MHz

QPSK

6

7

4

10MHz

16QAM

5

7

Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband.

Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-4a: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation (network signalled value "NS_07")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

10MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

SCstart

Low range, Mid range

1

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

0

High range

1

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

8

Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4.

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-4.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2EA.4.3.

6.6.2.2EA.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to applicable table from Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2.4EA.1-4. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

4. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.4EA.5-1 to 6.2.4EA.5-22 as appropriate. The period of the measurement shall be at least one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods and Half-duplex guard subframe are not under test

5. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.1-1, 6.6.2.2EA.5.2-1 and, 6.6.2.2.5EA.3-1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6. For UE supporting subPRB allocation, repeat step 1-5 with UL RMC according to applicable Table from Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1a to 6.6.2.2.4EA.1-4a

6.6.2.2EA.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are same as in clause 6.2.4EA.4.3.

6.6.2.2EA.5 Test requirements

6.6.2.2EA.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"”)

When "NS_03” is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EA.5-1 and 6.2.4EA.5-2 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.1-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03”)

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 E Table 6.2.4 E -1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2EA.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")

When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EA.5-3 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.2-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

1 MHz

10-15

1 MHz

15-20

1 MHz

20-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 E Table 6.2.4 E -1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")

When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EA.5-5, 6.2.4EA.5-6 and 6.2.4EA.5-7 as appropriate ,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.3-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 E Table 6.2.4 E -1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2EB Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category 1bis

6.6.2.2EB.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1.

6.6.2.2EB.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

6.6.2.2EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3

6.6.2.2EB.4 Test description

6.6.2.2EB.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.1 with following exceptions:

– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

6.6.2.2EB.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.2.3.4.2.

6.6.2.2EB.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3.

6.6.2.2EB.5 Test requirements

6.6.2.2EB.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"”)

When "NS_03” is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-1 and 6.2.4.5-2 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.1-1 or 6.6.2.2EB.5.1-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.1-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2EB.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")

When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-3 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.2-1 or Table.6.6.2.2EB.5.2-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

1 MHz

10-15

1 MHz

15-20

1 MHz

20-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.2-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-23.2

-23.2

-23.2

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

1 MHz

10-15

1 MHz

15-20

1 MHz

20-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")

When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-5, 6.2.4.5-6 and 6.2.4.5-7 as appropriate l,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.3-1 or Table.6.6.2.2EB.5.3-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel.

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.3-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2EC Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category M2

Editor’s note: This clause is incomplete. The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:

– NS_03 (B2, B4), NS_04 (B41) and NS_07 (B13): Test configuration table missing due to minimum requirements for A-MPR in 36.101 are incomplete.

6.6.2.2EC.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1.

6.6.2.2EC.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of UE category M2.

6.6.2.2EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3

6.6.2.2EC.4 Test description

6.6.2.2EC.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-5. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")

TBD

Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")

TBD

Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

0

6 (Note 4)

5MHz

QPSK

1

0

7 (Note 5)

5MHz

QPSK

3

0

8

5MHz

QPSK

24

0

9 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

0

10

5MHz

16QAM

3

0

11 (Note 5)

5MHz

16QAM

5

0

12

5MHz

16QAM

24

0

13 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

0

14 (Note 5)

10MHz

QPSK

5

0

15

10MHz

QPSK

24

0

16 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

0

17

10MHz

16QAM

5

0

18

10MHz

16QAM

24

0

High range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

0

6 (Note 4)

5MHz

QPSK

1

3

7 (Note 5)

5MHz

QPSK

3

3

8

5MHz

QPSK

24

0

9 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

3

10

5MHz

16QAM

3

3

11 (Note 5)

5MHz

16QAM

5

3

12

5MHz

16QAM

24

0

13 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

7

14 (Note 5)

10MHz

QPSK

5

7

15

10MHz

QPSK

24

4

16 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

7

17

10MHz

16QAM

5

7

18

10MHz

16QAM

24

4

Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7.

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband.

Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE

Note 5: Only for power class 5 and power class 6 UE

Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")

TBD

Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1 (Note 4)

5MHz

QPSK

1

0

2 (Note 5)

5MHz

QPSK

3

0

3

5MHz

QPSK

24

0

4 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

0

5

5MHz

16QAM

3

0

6 (Note 5)

5MHz

16QAM

5

0

7

5MHz

16QAM

24

0

8

10MHz

QPSK

4

0

9 (Note 5)

10MHz

QPSK

5

0

10

10MHz

QPSK

24

0

11 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

0

12

10MHz

16QAM

5

0

13

10MHz

16QAM

24

0

14

20MHz

QPSK

18

0

15

20MHz

QPSK

24

0

16

20MHz

16QAM

18

0

17

20MHz

16QAM

24

0

High range

1 (Note 4)

5MHz

QPSK

1

3

2 (Note 5)

5MHz

QPSK

3

3

3

5MHz

QPSK

24

0

4 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

3

5

5MHz

16QAM

3

3

6 (Note 5)

5MHz

16QAM

5

3

7

5MHz

16QAM

24

0

8

10MHz

QPSK

4

7

9 (Note 5)

10MHz

QPSK

5

7

10

10MHz

QPSK

24

4

11 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

7

12

10MHz

16QAM

5

7

13

10MHz

16QAM

24

4

14

20MHz

QPSK

18

13

15

20MHz

QPSK

24

12

16

20MHz

16QAM

18

13

17

20MHz

16QAM

24

12

Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7.

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband.

Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE

Note 5: Only for power class 5 and power class 6 UE

1. Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-5.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2EC.4.3.

6.6.2.2EC.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to applicable table from Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-5. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

3. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

4. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.4EA.5-1 to 6.2.4EA.5-16 as appropriate. The period of the measurement shall be at least one sub-frame (1ms). For HD-FDD slots with transient periods and Half-duplex guard subframe are not under test

5. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.1-1, 6.6.2.2EC.5.2-1, 6.6.2.2EC.5.3-1 and, 6.6.2.2EC.5.4-1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.2EC.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA and with the same exceptions as in clauses 6.2.4.4.3.1 to 6.2.4.4.3.30 for each network signalled value.

Message contents are same as in clause 6.2.4EA.4.3.

6.6.2.2EC.5 Test requirements

6.6.2.2EC.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03”)

When "NS_03” is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EC.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.1-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03”)

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4E Table 6.2.4E-2.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2EC.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")

When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EC.5-2 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.2-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

1 MHz

10-15

1 MHz

15-20

1 MHz

20-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4E Table 6.2.4E-2.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2EC.5.3 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")

When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EC.5-4A, 6.2.4EC.5-4B and 6.2.4EC.5-5 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.3-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4E Table 6.2.4E-2.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2EC.5.4 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")

When "NS_35" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EC.5-16 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.4-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.4-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15 MHz

20 MHz

Measurement bandwidth (unless otherwise stated)

± 0-0.1

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

± 0.1-6

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

± 6-10

-23.55

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

± 10-15

-23.55

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

± 15-20

-23.55

-11.5

100 kHz

± 20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_35 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4E Table 6.2.4E-2.

Note 5: The measurement bandwidth shall be 1 MHz

6.6.2.2G Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication

6.6.2.2G.0 Minimum Requirements

TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G

When UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink transmissions non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions for E-UTRA V2X operating bands specified in Table 5.5G-1, the requirements in subclause 6.6.2 apply except for the ACLR requirements for power class 2 V2X UE.

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in subclause 6.6.2 apply per V2X sidelink transmission and E-UTRA uplink transmission as specified for the corresponding inter-band con-current operation with uplink assigned to two bands.

For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, the general CA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B specified in subclause 6.6.2.1A shall apply for V2X Bandwidth Class B, the general CA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C specified in subclause 6.6.2.1A shall apply for V2X Bandwidth Class C and C1.

TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.2.2.4

The additional spectrum mask in Table 6.6.2.2.4-1 applies for E-UTRA V2X UE within 5 855 MHz to 5 950 MHz according to ETSI EN 302 571. Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.

When "NS_33" or “NS_34” is indicated in the cell, the power of any V2X UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.4-1.

Table 6.6.2.2.4-1: Additional requirements for 10MHz channel bandwidth

Spectrum emission limit (dBm EIRP)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

10 MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-0.5

[]

100 kHz

± 0.5-5

[]

100 kHz

± 5-10

[]

100 kHz

NOTE 1: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

NOTE 2: Additional SEM for V2X overrides any other requirements in frequency range 5855-5950MHz.

NOTE 3: The EIRP requirement is converted to conducted requirement depend on the supported post antenna connector gain Gpost connector declared by the UE following the principle described in annex I.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clauses 6.6.2G, and 6.6.2.2.4 and 6.2.4G where the A-MPR requirement is specified.

6.6.2.2G.1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.2G.1.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of V2X UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2G.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to UE which support V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.

6.6.2.2G.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The additional spectrum mask in Table 6.6.2.2G.1.3-1 applies for E-UTRA V2X UE within 5855 MHz to 5950 MHz according to ETSI EN 302 571. Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.

When "NS_33" or "NS_34" is indicated in the cell, the power of any V2X UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2G.1.3-1.

Table 6.6.2.2G.1.3-1: Additional requirements for 10MHz channel bandwidth

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

10 MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-0.5

[]

100 kHz

± 0.5-5

[]

100 kHz

± 5-10

[]

100 kHz

NOTE 1: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

NOTE 2: Additional SEM for V2X overrides any other requirements in frequency range 5855-5950MHz.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.4.

6.6.2.2G.1.4 Test description

6.6.2.2G.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.2.4G.1.4.1-1 the details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Figure A.92.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 for both SS and UE are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.1 with the exception specified in clause 6.6.2.2G.1.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 6.2.4G.1.4.1-1

4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0;

6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.6.2.2G.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. The V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC with transmission power at PUMAX level according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.2.4G.1.4.1-1;

2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.4G.1.5 The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms).

3. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.2G.1.3-1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.2G.1.4.3 Message contents

Refer to the subclause 6.2.4G.1.4.3

6.6.2.2G.1.5 Test requirements

When "NS_33" or "NS_34" is indicated in the cell,

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 2, shall fulfil the requirements described in subclass 6.2.4G.1.5;

And

– The power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2G.1.5-1 as applicable.

The power of any V2X UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2G.1.3-1.

Table 6.6.2.2G.1.5-1: Additional requirements for 10MHz channel bandwidth

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

10 MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-0.5

[] +2

100 kHz

± 0.5-5

[]+2

100 kHz

± 5-10

[]+2

100 kHz

6.6.2.2G.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication / Sidelink simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.2G.2.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of V2X UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2G.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward which support V2X communication and is capable of V2X Sidelink communication simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink transmissions.

6.6.2.2G.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.2G.0.

6.6.2.2G.2.4 Test description

6.6.2.2G.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC bandwidths based on Inter-band con-current V2X specified in sub-clause 5.4.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.2.4G.2.4.1-1 the details of the uplink and V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.2 and A.8.3 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.93a.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.6.2.2G.2.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to subclause 6.2.4G.2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in the state 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2G.2.4.3.

6.6.2.2G.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends RRC reconfiguration message specified in clause 6.6.2.2G.2.4.3 to enable PSCCH and PSSCH transmission at the PUMAX level.

2. The SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

3. SS sends continuously “uplink power control” up commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

4. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.4G.1.5. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

5. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for E-UTRA uplink with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-1or 6.6.2.2G.2.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

6. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for V2X sidelink with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-3, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.2G.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions as defined in sub-clause 6.2.4G.2.4.3

6.6.2.2G.2.5 Test requirements

When "NS_33" or "NS_34" is indicated in the cell,

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 4, shall fulfil the requirements described in subclause 6.2.4G.1.5 for Power Class 3 or Power Class 2 UEs;

And

– The power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-1, 6.6.2.2G.2.5-2 or 6.6.2.2G.2.5-3 as applicable.

The E-UTRA uplink emission derived in step 5 shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-1 or Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-1 as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

-8.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

The power of any V2X sidelink emission derived in step 6 shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-3.

Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-3: Additional requirements for 10MHz channel bandwidth

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

10 MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-0.5

[] + 2

100 kHz

± 0.5-5

[]+ 2

100 kHz

± 5-10

[]+ 2

100 kHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2_s Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for subslot/slot TTI

6.6.2.2_s.1 Test purpose

To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.

6.6.2.2_s.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 3 UE release 15 and forward that support subslot/slot TTI.

6.6.2.2_s.3 Minimum conformance requirements

6.6.2.2_s.3.1 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)

When "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” or “NS_21” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-10

-13

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-13

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.1.

6.6.2.2_s.3.2 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_04")

When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.2-2.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.2-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-10

-10

-10

-10

1 MHz

± 5-6

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-9

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 9-10

-25

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-13.5

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 13.5-15

-25

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 15-18

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 18-20

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.2.

6.6.2.2_s.3.3 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_06" or NS_07)

When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.3-1.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-0.1

-13

-13

-15

-18

30 kHz

± 0.1-1

-13

-13

-13

-13

100 kHz

± 1-2.5

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

-25

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 5-6

-25

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 6-10

-25

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.3.

6.6.2.2_s.3.4 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_27”)

Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.

When “NS_27” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.4-1.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.4-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-13

-13

-13

-13

Note 1

± 1-10

-13

-13

-13

-13

1 MHz

± 10-15

-25

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 15-20

-25

-25

1 MHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The measurement bandwidth is 1% of the applicable E-UTRA channel bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.5.

6.6.2.2_s.3.5 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_35”)

Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.

When "NS_35" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.5-1.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15 MHz

20 MHz

Measurement bandwidth (unless otherwise stated)

± 0-0.1

-15

-18

-20

-21

30 kHz

± 0.1-6

-13

-13

-13

-13

100 kHz

± 6-10

-251

-13

-13

-13

100 kHz

± 10-15

-251

-13

-13

100 kHz

± 15-20

-251

-13

100 kHz

± 20-25

-25

1 MHz

Note 1: The measurement bandwidth shall be 1 MHz

NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.7.

6.6.2.2_s.4 Test description

6.6.2.2_s.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

5

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

15

15

3MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

4

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

QPSK

6

6

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

25

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

8

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

QPSK

6

6

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

50

(Note 3)

50

(Note 3)

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

12

12

15MHz

QPSK

75

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

QPSK

8

8

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

75

(Note 3)

75

(Note 3)

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

16

16

20MHz

QPSK

100

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

QPSK

10

10

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

100

(Note 3)

100

(Note 3)

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

18

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 to Rel-13 and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 0:

For 5 MHz bandwidth:

2499.6 MHz, NUL= 39696

For 10 MHz bandwidth:

2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731

For 15 MHz bandwidth:

2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799

For 20 MHz bandwidth:

2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866

Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 and later and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 1:

For 5 MHz bandwidth:

2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39686

For 10 MHz bandwidth:

2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731

For 15 MHz bandwidth:

2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799

For 20 MHz bandwidth:

2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configura-tion ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

TDD

Mod’n

RB allocation

TDD

RBstart

TDD

1 (Note 6)

5MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

25

0

2 (Note 6)

5MHz

QPSK

8

Note 3

3(Note 6)

5MHz

QPSK

6

Note 3

4 (Note 6)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

25

0

5 (Note 6)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

8

Note 3

6 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

7 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

12

0

8 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

9 Note 6)

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

50

(Note 4)

0

10 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

24

13

11 (Note 6)

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

24

13

12 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

36

13

13 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

12

37

14 (Note 6)

10MHz

QPSK

1

49

15 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

1

0

16 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

16

0

17 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

75

0

18 (Note 6)

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

75

(Note 4)

0

19 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

36

19

20 (Note 6)

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

36

(Note 4)

19

21 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

50

19

22 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

18

56

23 (Note 6)

15MHz

QPSK

1

74

24 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

1

0

25 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

18

0

26 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

100

0

27 (Note 6)

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

100

(Note 4)

0

28 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

50

25

29 (Note 6)

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

50

(Note 4)

25

30 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

75

25

31 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

25

75

32 (Note 6)

20MHz

QPSK

1

99

33 (Note 8)

5MHz

QPSK

1

0

34 (Note 8)

5MHz

QPSK

16

9

35 (Note 9)

5MHz

QPSK

25

0

36 (Note 8)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

16

9

37 (Note 9)

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

25

0

38 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

39 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

1

49

40 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

24

0

41 (Note 8)

10MHz

QPSK

40

10

42 (Note 7)

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

43 (Note 7)

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

50

0

44 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

1

0

45 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

1

74

46 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

32

0

47 (Note 8)

15MHz

QPSK

60

15

48 (Note 7)

15MHz

QPSK

75

0

49 (Note 7)

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

75

0

50 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

1

0

51 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

1

99

52 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

36

0

53 (Note 8)

20MHz

QPSK

75

25

54 (Note 7)

20MHz

QPSK

100

0

55 (Note 7)

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 5)

100

0

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to be corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 5: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Note 6: Applies only for Rel-11 and earlier.

Note 7: Applies only for Rel-12 and later.

Note 8: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Low Range.

Note 9: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

6

NA

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

3MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

12

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Mid range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

10MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Test Number

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

RBstart

1

10MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

1

0

2

10MHz

QPSK

8

0

3

10MHz

QPSK

6

13

4

10MHz

QPSK

20

13

5

10MHz

QPSK

12

13

6

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 2)

36

(Note 1)

13

7

10MHz

QPSK

16

19

8

10MHz

QPSK

12

19

9

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 2)

16

19

10

10MHz

QPSK

30

19

11

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 2)

30

(Note 1)

19

12

10MHz

QPSK

6

43

13

10MHz

QPSK

2

48

14

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

15

10MHz

QPSK

12

0

16

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 2)

50

(Note 1)

0

Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories 2-5.

Note 2: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_11")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies
(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

For 3 MHz Channel Bandwidth:

a. 2001.5 MHz (NUL = 25515)

b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545)

For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525)

b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545)

c. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550)

b. 2005.5 MHz (NUL = 25555)

c. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650)

For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

b. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600)

Test Channel Bandwidths
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_11 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

3MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

6

2

3MHz

QPSK

15

3

3MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

6

4

3MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

15

5

5MHz

QPSK

1

6

5MHz

QPSK

8

7

5MHz

QPSK

25

8

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

8

9

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

10

10MHz

QPSK

1

11

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

QPSK

50

13

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

12

14

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

50

(Note 3)

15

15MHz

QPSK

1

16

15MHz

QPSK

8

17

15MHz

QPSK

25

18

15MHz

QPSK

30

19

15MHz

QPSK

75

20

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

8

21

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

22

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

30

23

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

75

24

20MHz

QPSK

1

25

20MHz

QPSK

10

26

20MHz

QPSK

25

27

20MHz

QPSK

100

28

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

10

29

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

30

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

100

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_20")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies
(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525)

b. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575)

c. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

d. 2017.5 MHz (NUL = 25675)

For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550)

b. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650)

For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625)

For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth

a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600)

Test Channel Bandwidths
(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_20 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

1

5MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

8

2

5MHz

QPSK

15

3

5MHz

QPSK

25

4

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

15

5

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

6

10MHz

QPSK

8

7

10MHz

QPSK

12

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

9

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

12

10

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

50

(Note 3)

11

15MHz

QPSK

6

12

15MHz

QPSK

25

13

15MHz

QPSK

36

14

15MHz

QPSK

75

15

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

16

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

36

17

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

75

18

20MHz

QPSK

8

19

20MHz

QPSK

18

20

20MHz

QPSK

25

21

20MHz

QPSK

75

22

20MHz

QPSK

100

23

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

18

24

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

25

25

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

75

26

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

100

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_21")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range or High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5 MHz, 10 MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart FDD

1 (note 2)

5 MHz

QPSK

1

0

2 (note 2)

5 MHz

QPSK

25

0

3 (note 2)

10 MHz

QPSK

1

0

4 (note 3)

10 MHz

QPSK

1

49

5 (note 2)

10 MHz

QPSK

15

0

6 (note 3)

10 MHz

QPSK

3

47

7 (note 3)

10 MHz

QPSK

50

0

8 (note 1, 3)

10 MHz

16QAM

(Note 4)

50

0

Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 2: Applicable only to low range frequency testing.

Note 3: Applicable only to high range frequency testing.

Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_27")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

Normal

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Refer to Frequency column in test parameters

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for NS_27 A-MPR

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Frequency

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

Mod’n

RB allocation FDD

RBstart

FDD

1

Low/Mid

5MHz

N/A for A-MPR testing

QPSK

1

0

2

High

5MHz

QPSK

1

24

3

Low/Mid/High

5MHz

QPSK

25

0

4

Low/Mid/High

5MHz

16QAM

25

0

5

Low/Mid

10MHz

QPSK

1

0

6

High

10MHz

QPSK

1

49

7

Low/Mid/High

10MHz

QPSK

50

0

8 (Note 2)

Low/Mid/High

10MHz

16QAM

50

0

9

Low/Mid

15MHz

QPSK

1

0

10

Low

15MHz

QPSK

1

7

11

Low/Mid

15MHz

QPSK

16

0

12

High

15MHz

QPSK

1

74

13

High

15MHz

QPSK

1

67

14

High

15MHz

QPSK

16

74

15

Low/Mid/High

15MHz

QPSK

75

0

16 (Note 2)

Low/Mid/High

15MHz

16QAM

75

0

17

Low/Mid

20MHz

QPSK

1

0

18

Low

20MHz

QPSK

1

13

19

Low

20MHz

QPSK

1

16

20

Low/Mid

20MHz

QPSK

21

0

21

High

20MHz

QPSK

1

99

22

High

20MHz

QPSK

1

86

23

High

20MHz

QPSK

1

83

24

High

20MHz

QPSK

21

0

25

Low/Mid/High

20MHz

QPSK

100

0

26 (Note 2)

Low/Mid/High

20MHz

16QAM

100

0

Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE.

Note 2: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2.

Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

5MHz

N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing.

QPSK

25

NA

5MHz

QPSK

8

5MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

10MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

12

15MHz

QPSK

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

15MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

16

20MHz

QPSK

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

20MHz

16QAM

(Note 3)

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-9.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2_s.4.3.

6.6.2.2_s.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to applicable table from Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-9. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.4.5-1 to 6.2.4.5-28 as appropriate. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration 7 OS (0.5ms) for slot TTI and 2/3 OS for subslot TTI.

4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-1, 6.6.2.2_s.5.3-1 or Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-2, 6.6.2.2_s.5.3-2, or 6.6.2.2_s.5.2-1, 6.6.2.2_s.5.4-1, 6.6.2.2_s.5.5-1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.

6.6.2.2_s.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as clause 6.6.2.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT (preamble)

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 with condition Short-TTI

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 SEQUENCE {

shortTTI-r15 SEQUENCE {

dl-STTI-Length-r15

subslot

FDD_sTTI-22 OR FDD_sTTI-27

ul-STTI-Length-r15

subslot

FDD_sTTI-22

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

FDD_sTTI-22

FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, subslot} combination

FDD_sTTI-27

FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, slot} combination

6.6.2.2_s.5 Test requirements

6.6.2.2_s.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)

When "NS_03" or “NS_11” or “NS_20” or “NS_21” is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-1, 6.2.4.5-2 ,6.2.4.5-11, 6.2.4.5-20 and 6.2.4.5-21 as appropriate,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-1 or 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

15-20

-23.5

1 MHz

20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-1

-8.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

-18.2

-19.2

30 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

15-20

-23.2

1 MHz

20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2_s.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")

When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-3,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

± 1-2.5

-8.5

–8.5

-8.5

-8.5

1 MHz

± 2.5-2.8

1 MHz

± 2.8-5

1 MHz

± 5-6

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

± 6-9

-23.5

1 MHz

± 9-10

-23.5

1 MHz

± 10-13.5

1 MHz

± 13.5-15

-23.5

1 MHz

± 15-18

1 MHz

± 18-20

-23.5

1 MHz

± 20-25

1 MHz

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2_s.5.3 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")

When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-5, 6.2.4.5-6 and 6.2.4.5-7,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.3-1 or Table.6.6.2.2_s.5.3-2, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.5

-11.5

-13.5

-16.5

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.5

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.5

1 MHz

6-10

-23.5

1 MHz

10-15

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.3-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB
(MHz)

1.4
MHz

3.0
MHz

5
MHz

10
MHz

Measurement bandwidth

0-0.1

-11.2

-11.2

-13.2

-16.2

30 kHz

0.1-1

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

100 kHz

1-2.5

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

2.5-2.8

-23.2

1 MHz

2.8-5

1 MHz

5-6

-23.2

1 MHz

6-10

-23.2

1 MHz

10-15

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz.
The first and last measurement position with a 100 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.15 MHz and 0.95 MHz.

Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively.

Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel

Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1.

Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz.

NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.

6.6.2.2_s.5.4 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")

When "NS_27" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-27,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.4-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.4-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")

Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

Measurement bandwidth

± 0-1

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

Note 1

± 1-10

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

-11.2

1 MHz

± 10-15

-23.2

-23.2

-23.2

1 MHz

± 15-20

-23.2

-23.2

1 MHz

± 20-25

-23.2

1 MHz

Note 1: The measurement bandwidth is 1% of the applicable E-UTRA channel bandwidth.

6.6.2.2_s.5.5 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")

When "NS_35" is indicated in the cell:

– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-28,

and

– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.5-1, as applicable.

Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")

ΔfOOB

(MHz)

5

MHz

10

MHz

15 MHz

20 MHz

Measurement bandwidth (unless otherwise stated)

± 0-0.1

-13.5

-16.5

-18.5

-19.5

30 kHz

± 0.1-6

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

± 6-10

-23.51

-11.5

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

± 10-15

-23.51

-11.5

-11.5

100 kHz

± 15-20

-23.51

-11.5

100 kHz

± 20-25

-23.5

1 MHz

Note 1: The measurement bandwidth shall be 1 MHz

6.6.2.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio

6.6.2.3.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).

6.6.2.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 3 UE release 8 and forward.

6.6.2.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3.3-1.

Figure 6.6.2.3.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements

6.6.2.3.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA

E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3.3.1-1.

If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3.3.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1.

6.6.2.3.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA

UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.

UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3.3.2-1.

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3.3.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2.3.2.

6.6.2.3.4 Test description

6.6.2.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for ACLR testing

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

6

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

15

15

3MHz

16QAM

4

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

16QAM

25

25

5MHz

16QAM

8

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

16QAM

50

(Note 3)

50

(Note 3)

10MHz

16QAM

12

12

15MHz

QPSK

75

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

16QAM

75

(Note 3)

75

(Note 3)

15MHz

16QAM

16

16

20MHz

QPSK

100

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

16QAM

100

(Note 3)

100

(Note 3)

20MHz

16QAM

18

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max + 1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3.4.3.

6.6.2.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.

5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.

6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.

7. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.

8. Calculated the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for lower and upper UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, respectively.

6.6.2.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.3.5 Test requirement

6.6.2.3.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

Test requirements UTRA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/
-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.3_1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for HPUE

6.6.2.3_1.1 Test purpose

To verify that HPUE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).

6.6.2.3_1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 1 or Power Class 2 UE release 10 and forward.

6.6.2.3_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

ACLR requirements are specified for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3_1.3-1.

Figure 6.6.2.3_1.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements

6.6.2.3_1.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA for HPUE

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3.3.1 with for following exceptions:

For a power class 2 capable UE operating on Band 41, when an IE P-max as defined in [5] of 23 dBm or lower is indicated in the cell or if the uplink/downlink configuration is 0 or 6, the requirements for power class 2 are not applicable, and the corresponding requirements for a power class 3 UE shall apply.

– Instead of Table 6.6.2.3.3.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3_1.3.1-1 and 6.6.2.3_1.3.1-2

Table 6.6.2.3_1.3.1-1: Additional E-UTRAACLR requirements for Power Class 1

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / Measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

N/A

N/A

37 dB

37 dB

N/A

N/A

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

N/A

N/A

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

N/A

N/A

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz]

N/A

N/A

+5

/

-5

+10

/

-10

N/A

N/A

Note 1: E-UTRAACLR1 shall be applicable for >23dBm

Table 6.6.2.3_1.3.1-2: Additional E-UTRAACLR requirements for Power Class 2

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / Measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

N/A

N/A

31 dB

31 dB

31 dB

31 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

N/A

N/A

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz]

N/A

N/A

+5

/

-5

+10

/

-10

+15

/

-15

+20

/

-20

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.3.

6.6.2.3_1.4 Test description

6.6.2.3_1.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.1.

6.6.2.3_1.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3_1.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.

5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.

6. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.

6.6.2.3_1.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.3

6.6.2.3_1.5 Test requirement

6.6.2.3_1.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_1.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 6, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_1.4.1-1 for Power Class1 UE and in table 6.6.2.3_1.4.1-2 for Power Class 2 UE.

Table 6.6.2.3_1.4.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR for Power Class 1

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

N/A

N/A

36.2 dB

36.2 dB

N/A

N/A

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

N/A

N/A

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

N/A

N/A

UE channel

N/A

N/A

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

N/A

N/A

Table 6.6.2.3_1.4.1-2: E-UTRA UE ACLR for Power Class 2

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

N/A

N/A

30.2 dB

30.2 dB

30.2 dB

30.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

N/A

N/A

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

N/A

N/A

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or

-15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3_2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for Multi-Cluster PUSCH

6.6.2.3_2.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for Multi-Cluster PUSCH transmission.

6.6.2.3_2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support multi cluster PUSCH within a component carrier for the tested band but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.3_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3_2.3-1.

Figure 6.6.2.3_2.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements

6.6.2.3_2.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA

E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.1-1.

If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1.

6.6.2.3_2.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA

UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.

UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.2-1.

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2.3.2.

6.6.2.3_2.4 Test description

6.6.2.3_2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Configuration ID

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

N/A for SEM testing

Mod’n

Cluster1 RB allocations

(LCRB @ RBstart)

Cluster2 RB allocations

(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

5MHz

16QAM

2@0

1@24

2

5MHz

16QAM

18@0

2@22

3

5MHz

16QAM

2@0

18@6

4

10MHz

16QAM

3@0

2@48

5

10MHz

16QAM

42@0

3@45

6

10MHz

16QAM

3@0

42@6

7

15MHz

16QAM

8@0

7@68

8

15MHz

16QAM

60@0

4@68

9

15MHz

16QAM

4@0

60@12

10

20MHz

16QAM

4@0

4@96

11

20MHz

16QAM

92@0

4@96

12

20MHz

16QAM

4@0

92@8

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_2.4.3.

6.6.2.3_2.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3_2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3_2.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.

5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.

6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.

7. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.

8. Calculated the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for lower and upper UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, respectively.

6.6.2.3_2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.3_2.5 Test requirement

6.6.2.3_2.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_2.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_2.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3_2.5.2 Test requirements UTRA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_2.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_2.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/
-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.3_3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UL 64QAM

6.6.2.3_3.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3.1.

6.6.2.3_3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support UL 64QAM.

6.6.2.3_3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3.3.

6.6.2.3_3.4 Test description

6.6.2.3_3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3_3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

64QAM

6

6

1.4MHz

64QAM

5

5

3MHz

64QAM

15

15

3MHz

64QAM

4

4

5MHz

64QAM

25

25

5MHz

64QAM

8

8

10MHz

64QAM

50

50

10MHz

64QAM

12

12

15MHz

64QAM

75

75

15MHz

64QAM

16

16

20MHz

64QAM

100

100

20MHz

64QAM

18

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max + 1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_3.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_3.4.3.

6.6.2.3_3.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.2 with the following exceptions

– In step 3, instead of Table 6.2.3.5-1 use Table 6.2.3_3.5-1

.

6.6.2.3_3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.3_3.5 Test requirement

6.6.2.3_3.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_1.5-1 as appropriate, and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_3.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_3.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3_3.5.2 Test requirements UTRA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_3.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_3.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/
-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.3_4 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for Multi-Cluster PUSCH with UL 64QAM

Editor’s note: For a transition period until RAN5#83, this test case in version 15.3.1 of 36.521-1 shall be used. This is to ensure no test coverage is lost before the UL 256QAM test case becomes available.

6.6.2.3_4.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.

6.6.2.3_4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support UL 64QAM and multi cluster PUSCH within a component carrier for the tested band but do not support UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.3_4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.3.

6.6.2.3_4.4 Test description

6.6.2.3_4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_4.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3_4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Configuration ID

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

N/A for SEM testing

Mod’n

Cluster1 RB allocations

(LCRB @ RBstart)

Cluster2 RB allocations

(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

5MHz

64QAM
(Note 2)

2@0

1@24

2

5MHz

64QAM

18@0

2@22

3

5MHz

64QAM

2@0

18@6

4

10MHz

64QAM
(Note 2)

3@0

2@48

5

10MHz

64QAM

42@0

3@45

6

10MHz

64QAM

3@0

42@6

7

15MHz

64QAM
(Note 2)

8@0

7@68

8

15MHz

64QAM

60@0

4@68

9

15MHz

64QAM

4@0

60@12

10

20MHz

64QAM
(Note 2)

4@0

4@96

11

20MHz

64QAM

92@0

4@96

12

20MHz

64QAM

4@0

92@8

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.3_6 is executed.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_4.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_4.4.3.

6.6.2.3_4.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.4.2 with following exception:

– In step 3, instead of Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3_4.5-1

6.6.2.3_4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.3_4.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.5 with following exception:

– Instead of Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3_4.5-1

6.6.2.3_5 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UL 256QAM

6.6.2.3_5.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3.1.

6.6.2.3_5.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 14 and forward that support UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.3_5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3.3.

6.6.2.3_5.4 Test description

6.6.2.3_5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_5.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3_5.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

256QAM

6

6

3MHz

256QAM

15

15

5MHz

256QAM

25

25

10MHz

256QAM

50

50

15MHz

256QAM

75

75

20MHz

256QAM

100

100

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_5.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_5.4.3.

6.6.2.3_5.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.2 with the following exceptions

– In step 3, instead of Table 6.2.3.5-1 use Table 6.2.3_5.5-1

6.6.2.3_5.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.3_5.5 Test requirement

6.6.2.3_5.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_5.5-1 as appropriate, and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_5.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_5.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3_5.5.2 Test requirements UTRA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_5.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_5.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/
-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.3_6 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for Multi-Cluster PUSCH with UL 256QAM

6.6.2.3_6.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.

6.6.2.3_6.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 14 and forward that support UL 256QAM and multi cluster PUSCH within a component carrier for the tested band.

6.6.2.3_6.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.3.

6.6.2.3_6.4 Test description

6.6.2.3_6.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_6.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3_6.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Configuration ID

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

RB allocations

Mod’n

Cluster1 RB allocations

(LCRB @ RBstart)

Cluster2 RB allocations

(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

5MHz

N/A for

256QAM

2@0

1@24

2

5MHz

ACLR

256QAM

18@0

2@22

3

5MHz

Test case

256QAM

2@0

18@6

4

10MHz

256QAM

3@0

2@48

5

10MHz

256QAM

42@0

3@45

6

10MHz

256QAM

3@0

42@6

7

15MHz

256QAM

8@0

7@68

8

15MHz

256QAM

60@0

4@68

9

15MHz

256QAM

4@0

60@12

10

20MHz

256QAM

4@0

4@96

11

20MHz

256QAM

92@0

4@96

12

20MHz

256QAM

4@0

92@8

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_6.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_6.4.3.

6.6.2.3_6.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.4.2 with following exception:

– In step 1, instead of Table 6.6.2.3_2.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3_6.4.1-1

– In step 3, instead of Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3_6.5-1

6.6.2.3_6.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.3_6.5 Test requirement

Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.5 with following exception:

– Instead of Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3_6.5-1

6.6.2.3A Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA

6.6.2.3A.0 Minimum conformance requirements

ACLR for CA requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3A.0-1.

Figure 6.6.2.3A.0-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio for CA requirements

6.6.2.3A.0.1 Minimum requirement UTRA for CA

For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA bands, the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel bandwidth on the component carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency. The UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is defined per carrier and the requirement is specified in subclause 6.6.2.3.3.

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation when all sub-blocks consist of one component carrier the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the sum of the filtered mean powers centred on the assigned sub-block frequencies to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency. UTRAACLR1/2 requirements are applicable for all sub-blocks and are specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.1-2. UTRAACLR1 is required to be met in the sub-block gap when the gap bandwidth Wgap is 5MHz≤Wgap <15MHz. Both UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2 are required to be met in the sub-block gap when the gap bandwidth Wgap is 15MHz≤Wgap.

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with three uplink component carriers (up to two contiguously aggregated carriers per band), the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is defined as follows. For the E-UTRA band supporting one component carrier, the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel bandwidth of the component carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency and the requirements specified in subclause 6.6.2.3.3 apply. For the E-UTRA band supporting two contiguous component carriers the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency and the requirements specified in subclause 6.6.2.3A.0.1 apply.

UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2). The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor =0.22. The assigned aggregated channel bandwidth power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.1-1 for intraband contiguous carrier aggregation or 6.6.2.3A.0.1-2 for intraband non-contiguous carrier aggregation. If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.1-1 for intraband contiguous carrier aggregation or 6.6.2.3A.0.1-2 for intraband non-contiguous carrier aggregation.

For carrier aggregation with one or two uplink component carriers, the UTRAACLR requirements for the PC3 UE are not applicable to the uplink component carrier(s) assigned to one of the E-UTRA band in Band 7, 12, 13, 17, 20, 24, 27, 30, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 68, 70, 71 or 85.

Table 6.6.2.3A.0.1-1: Requirements for UTRAACLR1/2

CA bandwidth class / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class B and C

UTRAACLR1

33 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA /2 + BWUTRA/2

/

– BWChannel_CA / 2 – BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

36 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA /2 + 3*BWUTRA/2

/

– BWChannel_CA /2 – 3*BWUTRA/2

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1)

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2)

1.28 MHz

NOTE 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

NOTE 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Table 6.6.2.3A.0.1-2: Requirements for intraband non-contiguous CA UTRAACLR1/2

UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

UTRAACLR1

33 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ Fedge,block,high + BWUTRA/2

/

– Fedge,block,low – BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

36 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ Fedge,block,high + 3*BWUTRA/2

/

– Fedge,block,low – 3*BWUTRA/2

Sub-block measurement bandwidth

BWChannel,block – 2* BWGB

UTRA 5 MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1)

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6 MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2)

1.28 MHz

NOTE 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

NOTE 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.2A.

6.6.2.3A.0.2 Minimum requirements for CA E-UTRA

For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the carrier aggregation E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (CA E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent aggregated channel bandwidth at nominal channel spacing. The assigned aggregated channel bandwidth power and adjacent aggregated channel bandwidth power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-1. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-1 and Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-1: General requirements for CA E-UTRAACLR

CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class B, C and D

CA E-UTRAACLR

30 dB

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA

/

– BWChannel_CA

Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-2: Additional requirements for CA E-UTRAACLR for UL CA_41C Power Class 2

CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class C

CA E-UTRAACLR

31 dB

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA

/

– BWChannel_CA

For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA bands, E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel bandwidth on a component carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency. The E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is defined per carrier and the requirement is specified in subclause 6.6.2.3.1.

For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation when all sub-blocks consist of one component carrier the E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the sum of the filtered mean powers centred on the assigned sub-block frequencies to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. In case the sub-block gap bandwidth Wgap is smaller than of the sub-block bandwidth then for that sub-block no E-UTRAACLR requirement is set for the gap. In case the sub-block gab bandwidth Wgap is smaller than either of the sub-block bandwidths then no E- UTRAACLR requirement is set for the gap. The assigned E-UTRA sub-block power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-2. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-2: General requirements for non-contiguous intraband CA E-UTRAACLR

CC and adjacent channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth

1.4 MHz

3 MHz

5 MHz

10 MHz

15 MHz

20 MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

CC and adjacent channel measurement bandwidth [MHz]

1.08

2.7

4.5

9

13.5

18

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz]

+ 1.4
/
– 1.4

+ 3
/
– 3

+ 5
/
– 5

+ 10
/
– 10

+ 15
/
– 15

+ 20
/
– 20

For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with three uplink component carriers (up to two contiguously aggregated carriers per band), the E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is defined as follows. For the E-UTRA band supporting one component carrier, the E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel bandwidth of the component carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency and the requirements in subclause 6.6.2.3.3 apply. For the E-UTRA band supporting two contiguous component carriers the E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) aggregated channel bandwidth at nominal channel spacing and the requirements of CA E-UTRAACLR specified in subclause 6.6.2.3A.0.2 apply.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.3A.

6.6.2.3A.0.3 Additional minimum requirement for E-UTRA (network signalled value “NS_29”)

When "NS_29" is indicated in the cell, the UE emission shall meet the additional requirements specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.3-1 for E-UTRA channels assigned within the frequency ranges 5150-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and alternative adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.3-1. If the measured alternative adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.3-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.0.3-1: Additional E-UTRAACLR requirement

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR2 / Measurement bandwidth

20 MHz

E-UTRAACLR2

40 dBc

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

NOTE 1

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz]

+40

/

-40

NOTE 1: 18 MHz for E-UTRA channels assigned within 5150-5350 MHz; 19 MHz for E-UTRA channels assigned within 5470-5725 MHz.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1A.

6.6.2.3A.1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)

6.6.2.3A.1.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.

6.6.2.3A.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra band contiguous DL CA and UL CA.

6.6.2.3A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.

6.6.2.3A.1.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.1.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Low range, High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration

Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

ID

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

25

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

2

25

25

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

3

25

25

QPSK

50

P_25@0

S_25@0

4

25

25

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

5

25

25

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

6

25

25

16QAM

50

P_25@0

S_25@0

7

25

25

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@24

8

50

25

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

9

50

25

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

10

50

25

QPSK

75

P_50@0

S_25@0

11

50

25

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

12

50

25

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

13

50

25

16QAM

75

P_50@0

S_25@0

14

50

25

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@24

15

50

50

QPSK

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

16

50

50

QPSK

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

17

50

50

QPSK

100

P_50@0

S_50@0

18

50

50

16QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

19

50

50

16QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

20

50

50

16QAM

100

P_50@0

S_50@0

21

50

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@49

22

75

25

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

23

75

25

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

24

75

25

QPSK

100

P_75@0

S_25@0

25

75

25

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

26

75

25

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

27

75

25

16QAM

100

P_75@0

S_25@0

28

75

25

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@24

29

75

50

QPSK

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

30

75

50

QPSK

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

31

75

50

QPSK

125

P_75@0

S_50@0

32

75

50

16QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

33

75

50

16QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

34

75

50

16QAM

125

P_75@0

S_50@0

35

75

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@49

36

75

75

QPSK

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

37

75

75

QPSK

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

38

75

75

QPSK

150

P_75@0

S_75@0

39

75

75

16QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

40

75

75

16QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

41

75

75

16QAM

150

P_75@0

S_75@0

42

75

75

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

43

100

25

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

44

100

25

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

45

100

25

QPSK

125

P_100@0

S_25@0

46

100

25

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

47

100

25

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

48

100

25

16QAM

125

P_100@0

S_25@0

49

100

25

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@24

50

100

50

QPSK

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

51

100

50

QPSK

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

52

100

50

QPSK

150

P_100@0

S_50@0

53

100

50

16QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

54

100

50

16QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

55

100

50

16QAM

150

P_100@0

S_50@0

56

100

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@49

57

100

75

QPSK

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

58

100

75

QPSK

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

59

100

75

QPSK

175

P_100@0

S_75@0

60

100

75

16QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

61

100

75

16QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

62

100

75

16QAM

175

P_100@0

S_75@0

63

100

75

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

64

100

100

QPSK

18

P_18@0

S_0@0

65

100

100

QPSK

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

66

100

100

QPSK

200

P_100@0

S_100@0

67

100

100

16QAM

18

P_18@0

S_0@0

68

100

100

16QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

69

100

100

16QAM

200

P_100@0

S_100@0

70

100

100

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@99

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.

6.6.2.3A.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA.

8. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.

9. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.

10. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8 for CA E-UTRAACLR.

11. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.

6.6.2.3A.1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.3A.1.5 Test Requirements

6.6.2.3A.1.5.1 Test requirements of UTRA for CA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2, derived in step 11, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.1-1: UTRA UE ACLR for CA

CA bandwidth class / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class B and C

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA /2 + BWUTRA/2

/

– BWChannel_CA / 2 – BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA /2 + 3*BWUTRA/2

/

– BWChannel_CA /2 – 3*BWUTRA/2

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1)

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2)

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

6.6.2.3A.1.5.2 Test requirements of CA E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 10, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.2-1: CA E-UTRA ACLR

CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class B and C

CA E-UTRAACLR

29.2 dB

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA

/

– BWChannel_CA

6.6.2.3A.1_1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM

6.6.2.3A.1_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.1.

6.6.2.3A.1_1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA, UL CA and UL 64QAM.

6.6.2.3A.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.

6.6.2.3A.1_1.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.1_1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 6.6.2.3A.1_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.1_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Low range, High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration

Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

ID

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_allo

PCC & SCC RB allocations(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

100

25

N/A

64QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

2

100

25

64QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

3

100

25

64QAM

125

P_100@0

S_25@0

4

100

50

64QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

5

100

50

64QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

6

100

50

64QAM

150

P_100@0

S_50@0

7

75

25

64QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

8

75

25

64QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

9

75

25

64QAM

100

P_75@0

S_25@0

10

75

75

64QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

11

75

75

64QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

12

75

75

64QAM

150

P_75@0

S_75@0

13

100

75

64QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

14

100

75

64QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

15

100

75

64QAM

175

P_100@0

S_75@0

16

100

100

64QAM

18

P_18@0

S_0@0

17

100

100

64QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

18

100

100

64QAM

200

P_100@0

S_100@0

19

25

25

64QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

20

25

25

64QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

21

25

25

64QAM

50

P_25@0

S_25@0

22

25

50

64QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

23

25

50

64QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

24

25

50

64QAM

75

P_25@0

S_50@0

25

50

50

64QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

26

50

50

64QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

27

50

50

64QAM

100

P_50@0

S_50@0

28

50

100

64QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

29

50

100

64QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

30

50

100

64QAM

150

P_50@0

S_100@0

31

50

25

64QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

32

50

25

64QAM

25

P_50@0

S_0@0

33

50

25

64QAM

75

P_50@0

S_25@0

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

6.6.2.3A.1_1.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.2 with following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.1_1.5-1.

6.6.2.3A.1_1.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.

6.6.2.3A.1_1.5 Test requirement

Same test requirement as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.5 with following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.1_1.5-1.

6.6.2.3A.1_2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM

6.6.2.3A.1_2.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.1.

6.6.2.3A.1_2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 14 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA, UL CA and UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.3A.1_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.

6.6.2.3A.1_2.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Low and High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest NRB_agg
Highest NRB_agg
(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

ID

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_ alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

25

50

N/A

256QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

2

25

50

256QAM

75

P_25@0

S_50@0

3

50

50

256QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

4

50

50

256QAM

100

P_50@0

S_50@0

5

50

100

256QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

6

50

100

256QAM

150

P_50@0

S_100@0

7

75

50

256QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

8

75

50

256QAM

125

P_75@0

S_50@0

9

75

75

256QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

10

75

75

256QAM

150

P_75@0

S_75@0

11

100

25

256QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

12

100

25

256QAM

125

P_100@0

S_25@0

13

100

50

256QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

14

100

50

256QAM

150

P_100@0

S_50@0

15

100

75

256QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

16

100

75

256QAM

175

P_100@0

S_75@0

17

100

100

256QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

18

100

100

256QAM

200

P_100@0

S_100@0

19

50

25

256QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

20

50

25

256QAM

75

P_50@0

S_25@0

NOTE 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

NOTE 2: If UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.2 with following exceptions:

– In step 2, instead of clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.3.

– In step 4, instead of Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.1-1.

– In step 6, instead of Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.1_2.5-1.

6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.3 Message contents

Same message contents as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.

6.6.2.3A.1_2.5 Test requirement

Same test requirement as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.5 with following exception:

– Instead of Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.1_2.5-1.

6.6.2.3A.1_3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for HPUE

6.6.2.3A.1_3.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.

6.6.2.3A.1_3.2 Test applicability

This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE Power Class 2 release 10 and forward that support intra band contiguous DL CA and UL CA.

6.6.2.3A.1_3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.

6.6.2.3A.1_3.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.1_3.4.1 Initial condition

Use 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1 except replace Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1 with Table 6.6.2.3A.1_3.4.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.1_3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Low and High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest NRB_agg
Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

ID

PCC
NRB

SCCs
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_ alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

100

25

QPSK

6

P_6@0

S_0@0

2

100

25

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

3

100

25

QPSK

125

P_100@0

S_25@0

4

100

25

16QAM

6

P_6@0

S_0@0

5

100

25

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

6

100

25

16QAM

125

P_100@0

S_25@0

7

100

25

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@24

8

75

75

QPSK

6

P_6@0

S_0@0

9

75

75

QPSK

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

10

75

75

QPSK

150

P_75@0

S_75@0

11

75

75

16QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

12

75

75

16QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

13

75

75

16QAM

150

P_75@0

S_75@0

14

75

75

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

15

100

50

QPSK

6

P_6@0

S_0@0

16

100

50

QPSK

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

17

100

50

QPSK

150

P_100@0

S_50@0

18

100

50

16QAM

6

P_6@0

S_0@0

19

100

50

16QAM

50

P_50@0

S_0@0

20

100

50

16QAM

150

P_100@0

S_50@0

21

100

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@49

22

100

75

QPSK

6

P_6@0

S_0@0

23

100

75

QPSK

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

24

100

75

QPSK

175

P_100@0

S_75@0

25

100

75

16QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

26

100

75

16QAM

75

P_75@0

S_0@0

27

100

75

16QAM

175

P_100@0

S_75@0

28

100

75

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@74

29

100

100

QPSK

6

P_6@0

S_0@0

30

100

100

QPSK

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

31

100

100

QPSK

200

P_100@0

S_100@0

32

100

100

16QAM

18

P_18@0

S_0@0

33

100

100

16QAM

100

P_100@0

S_0@0

34

100

100

16QAM

200

P_100@0

S_100@0

35

100

100

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@99

36

75

50

QPSK

6

P_6@0

S_0@0

37

75

50

QPSK

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

38

75

50

QPSK

125

P_75@0

S_50@0

39

75

50

16QAM

6

P_6@0

S_0@0

40

75

50

16QAM

25

P_25@0

S_0@0

41

75

50

16QAM

125

P_75@0

S_50@0

42

75

50

QPSK

2

P_1@0

S_1@24

43

100

25

64QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

44

100

25

64QAM

125

P_100@0

S_25@0

45

75

75

64QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

46

75

75

64QAM

150

P_75@0

S_75@0

47

100

50

64QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

48

100

50

64QAM

150

P_100@0

S_50@0

49

100

75

64QAM

16

P_16@0

S_0@0

50

100

75

64QAM

175

P_100@0

S_75@0

51

100

100

64QAM

18

P_18@0

S_0@0

52

100

100

64QAM

200

P_100@0

S_100@0

53

75

50

64QAM

12

P_12@0

S_0@0

54

75

50

64QAM

125

P_75@0

S_50@0

NOTE 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

NOTE 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

6.6.2.3A.1_3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1_3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA.

8. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.

9. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.

10. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8 for CA E-UTRAACLR.

11. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.

6.6.2.3A.1_3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.3A.1_3.5 Test Requirements

6.6.2.3A.1_3.5.1 Test requirements of UTRA for CA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2, derived in step 11, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.1-1: UTRA UE ACLR for CA

CA bandwidth class / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class B and C

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA /2 + BWUTRA/2

/

– BWChannel_CA / 2 – BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA /2 + 3*BWUTRA/2

/

– BWChannel_CA /2 – 3*BWUTRA/2

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1)

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2)

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

6.6.2.3A.1_3.5.2 Test requirements of CA E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 10, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.1_3.5.2-1: CA E-UTRA ACLR

CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class B and C

CA E-UTRAACLR

29.2 dB

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA

/

– BWChannel_CA

6.6.2.3A.2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA)

6.6.2.3A.2.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.

6.6.2.3A.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA. The requirements also apply to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support uplink LAA.

6.6.2.3A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.

6.6.2.3A.2.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.2.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2 for CA configurations with two bands or Table 5.4.2A.1-2a for CA configurations with three bands. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

(Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest NRB_agg

Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

6

25

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

13

5

8

2

6

25

QPSK

QPSK

31

6

25

3

6

25

16QAM

16QAM

13

5

8

4

6

25

16QAM

16QAM

31

6

25

5

6

25

QPSK

16QAM

30

5

25

6

6

50

QPSK

QPSK

17

5

12

7

6

50

QPSK

QPSK

56

6

50

8

6

50

16QAM

16QAM

17

5

12

9

6

50

16QAM

16QAM

56

6

50

10

6

50

QPSK

16QAM

55

5

50

11

25

15

QPSK

QPSK

12

8

4

12

25

15

QPSK

QPSK

40

25

15

13

25

15

16QAM

16QAM

12

8

4

14

25

15

16QAM

16QAM

40

25

15

15

25

15

QPSK

16QAM

23

8

15

16

25

25

QPSK

QPSK

16

8

8

17

25

25

QPSK

QPSK

50

25

25

18

25

25

16QAM

16QAM

16

8

8

19

25

25

16QAM

16QAM

50

25

25

20

25

25

QPSK

16QAM

33

8

25

21

25

50

QPSK

QPSK

16

4

12

22

25

50

QPSK

QPSK

65

15

50

23

25

50

16QAM

16QAM

16

4

12

24

25

50

16QAM

16QAM

65

15

50

25

25

50

QPSK

16QAM

54

4

50

26

50

25

QPSK

QPSK

20

12

8

27

50

25

QPSK

QPSK

75

50

25

28

50

25

16QAM

16QAM

20

12

8

29

50

25

16QAM

16QAM

75

50

25

30

50

25

QPSK

16QAM

37

12

25

31

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

24

12

12

32

50

50

QPSK

QPSK

100

50

50

33

50

50

16QAM

16QAM

24

12

12

34

50

50

16QAM

16QAM

100

50

50

35

50

50

QPSK

16QAM

62

12

50

36

50

100

QPSK

QPSK

30

12

18

37

50

100

QPSK

QPSK

150

50

100

38

50

100

16QAM

16QAM

30

12

18

39

50

100

16QAM

16QAM

150

50

100

40

50

100

QPSK

16QAM

112

12

100

41

75

75

QPSK

QPSK

32

16

16

42

75

75

QPSK

QPSK

150

75

75

43

75

75

16QAM

16QAM

32

16

16

44

75

75

16QAM

16QAM

150

75

75

45

75

75

QPSK

16QAM

91

16

75

46

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

30

18

12

47

100

50

QPSK

QPSK

150

100

50

48

100

50

16QAM

16QAM

30

18

12

49

100

50

16QAM

16QAM

150

100

50

50

100

50

QPSK

16QAM

68

18

50

51

100

75

QPSK

QPSK

34

18

16

52

100

75

QPSK

QPSK

175

100

75

53

100

75

16QAM

16QAM

34

18

16

54

100

75

16QAM

16QAM

175

100

75

55

100

75

QPSK

16QAM

93

18

75

56

100

100

QPSK

QPSK

36

18

18

57

100

100

QPSK

QPSK

200

100

100

58

100

100

16QAM

16QAM

36

18

18

59

100

100

16QAM

16QAM

200

100

100

60

100

100

QPSK

16QAM

118

18

100

61

15

25

QPSK

QPSK

12

4

8

62

15

25

QPSK

QPSK

40

15

25

63

15

25

16QAM

16QAM

12

4

8

64

15

25

16QAM

16QAM

40

15

25

65

15

25

QPSK

16QAM

29

4

25

66

25

6

QPSK

QPSK

13

8

5

67

25

6

QPSK

QPSK

31

25

6

68

25

6

16QAM

16QAM

13

8

5

69

25

6

16QAM

16QAM

31

25

6

70

25

6

QPSK

16QAM

14

8

6

71

25

75

QPSK

QPSK

24

8

16

72

25

75

QPSK

QPSK

100

25

75

73

25

75

16QAM

16QAM

24

8

16

74

25

75

16QAM

16QAM

100

25

75

75

25

75

QPSK

16QAM

83

8

75

76

75

25

QPSK

QPSK

24

16

8

77

75

25

QPSK

QPSK

100

75

25

78

75

25

16QAM

16QAM

24

16

8

79

75

25

16QAM

16QAM

100

75

25

80

75

25

QPSK

16QAM

41

16

25

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for UL LAA

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC (Note 2) and SCC (Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest NRB_agg

Highest NRB_agg

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

100

100

N/A for this test

QPSK

QPSK

11

1

L=1

2

100

100

QPSK

QPSK

108

18

L=9

3

100

100

16QAM

16QAM

11

1

L=1

4

100

100

16QAM

16QAM

108

18

L=9

5

100

100

QPSK

QPSK

200

100

L=10

6

100

100

16QAM

16QAM

200

100

L=10

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=N-L, with N defined in Clause 8.1.4 of [10].

Note 4: Applicable only for an LAA Scell configured in Band 46.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-1 or Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-2.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.4.3.

6.6.2.3A.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.4.3

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 or DCI format 0A for LAA SCC for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-1 or Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-2 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power of the component carrier of the UE in the first band of the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1 or Table 6.2.3A.2.5-2. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA in the first band of the CA configuration.

8. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.

9. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.

10. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8 for CA E-UTRAACLR.

11. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.

12. Repeat steps 6 to 11 for the second band of the CA configuration.

6.6.2.3A.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

For SCC in the case of uplink LAA, message contents are according to TS 36.508[7] subclause4.6 with the following exceptions specified in Tables 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-1, 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-2 and 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-3.

Table 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-1 LogicalChannelConfig-DRB (Initial Condition, step 14, Table 4.5.2.3-1)

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.8.2.1.4-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

LogicalChannelConfig-DRB ::= SEQUENCE {

ul-SpecificParameters SEQUENCE {

laa-UL-Allowed-r14

true

}

}

Table 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-2 PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell (Step 2, test procedure)

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-6A

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

laa-SCellConfiguration-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE {

NULL

}

}

Table 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-3: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_29" on SCC

Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

additionalSpectrumEmission

29 (NS_29)

6.6.2.3A.2.5 Test Requirements

6.6.2.3A.2.5.1 Test requirements of UTRA for CA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2, derived in step 11, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.1-1: UTRA UE ACLR for CA

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/
-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.3A.2.5.2 Test requirements of CA E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 10, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.2-1: CA E-UTRA ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3A.2.5.3 Test requirements of E-UTRA (network signalled value “NS_29”)

When "NS_29" is indicated in the cell, the UE emission shall meet the additional requirements specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.3-1 for E-UTRA channels assigned within the frequency ranges 5150-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz.

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR2, derived in step 10, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.3-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.3-1: Additional E-UTRAACLR requirement

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR2 / Measurement bandwidth

20 MHz

E-UTRAACLR2

38.7 dBc

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

NOTE 1

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz]

+40

/

-40

NOTE 1: 18 MHz for E-UTRA channels assigned within 5150-5350 MHz; 19 MHz for E-UTRA channels assigned within 5470-5725 MHz.

6.6.2.3A.2_1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM

6.6.2.3A.2_1.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.

6.6.2.3A.2_1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support inter band DL CA and UL CA and UL 64QAM.

6.6.2.3A.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.3A.2.3.

6.6.2.3A.2_1.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

(Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest NRB_agg

Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

6

25

N/A for this test

64QAM

64QAM

13

5

8

2

6

25

64QAM

64QAM

31

6

25

3

6

50

64QAM

64QAM

17

5

12

4

6

50

64QAM

64QAM

56

6

50

5

25

15

64QAM

64QAM

12

8

4

6

25

15

64QAM

64QAM

40

25

15

7

25

25

64QAM

64QAM

16

8

8

8

25

25

64QAM

64QAM

50

25

25

9

25

50

64QAM

64QAM

16

4

12

10

25

50

64QAM

64QAM

65

15

50

11

50

25

64QAM

64QAM

20

12

8

12

50

25

64QAM

64QAM

75

50

25

13

50

50

64QAM

64QAM

24

12

12

14

50

50

64QAM

64QAM

100

50

50

15

50

100

64QAM

64QAM

30

12

18

16

50

100

64QAM

64QAM

150

50

100

17

75

75

64QAM

64QAM

32

16

16

18

75

75

64QAM

64QAM

150

75

75

19

100

50

64QAM

64QAM

30

18

12

20

100

50

64QAM

64QAM

150

100

50

21

100

75

64QAM

64QAM

34

18

16

22

100

75

64QAM

64QAM

175

100

75

23

100

100

64QAM

64QAM

36

18

18

24

100

100

64QAM

64QAM

200

100

100

25

15

25

64QAM

64QAM

12

4

8

26

15

25

64QAM

64QAM

40

15

25

27

25

6

64QAM

64QAM

13

8

5

28

25

6

64QAM

64QAM

31

25

6

29

25

75

64QAM

64QAM

24

8

16

30

25

75

64QAM

64QAM

100

25

75

31

75

25

64QAM

64QAM

24

16

8

32

75

25

64QAM

64QAM

100

75

25

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Note 2: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg. only the first of those is tested. according to the order on the Test Configuration Table list.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.

6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.4.2.

6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.3A.2_1.5 Test Requirements

Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.5.

6.6.2.3A.2_2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM

6.6.2.3A.2_2.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.

6.6.2.3A.2_2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support inter band DL CA and UL CA and UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.3A.2_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.3A.2.3.

6.6.2.3A.2_2.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest NRB_agg

Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

Config ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC

SCC

PCC & SCC RB allocation

PCC

SCC

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations

NRB

NRB

1

6

25

N/A for this

256QAM

256QAM

31

6

25

2

6

50

Test

256QAM

256QAM

56

6

50

3

25

15

256QAM

256QAM

40

25

15

4

25

25

256QAM

256QAM

50

25

25

5

25

50

256QAM

256QAM

75

25

50

6

50

25

256QAM

256QAM

75

50

25

7

50

50

256QAM

256QAM

100

50

50

8

50

100

256QAM

256QAM

150

50

100

9

75

75

256QAM

256QAM

150

75

75

10

100

50

256QAM

256QAM

150

100

50

11

100

75

256QAM

256QAM

175

100

75

12

100

100

256QAM

256QAM

200

100

100

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.3.

6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.4.2 with following exceptions:

– In step 2, instead of clause 6.6.2.3A.2.4.3 🡪 use clause 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.3.

– In step 4, instead of Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.1-1.

– In step 6, instead of clause 6.2.3A.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.2_2.5-1.

6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.3A.2_2.5 Test Requirements

Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.5 with following exception:

– Instead of Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.2_2.5-1.

6.6.2.3A.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA)
6.6.2.3A.3.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.1.

6.6.2.3A.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM..

6.6.2.3A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.

6.6.2.3A.3.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.3.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Refer to test points

A: Low Wgap, Maximum Wgap

Test CC Combination setting (NRB) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Refer to test point

Test only test points with

Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC

Highest NRB for PCC and SCC

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

Wgap
[MHz]

DL Allocation

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs NRB

CC MOD

PCC & SCC
RB allocation

CC MOD

PCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

CC MOD

SCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations

1

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@24

2

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@0

3

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@24

4

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@0

5

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@99

6

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@75

7

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_100@0

16QAM

S_100@0

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.

6.6.2.3A.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3

3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.

8. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on lower side of the lowest sub-clock, and the higher side of the highest sub-block (out of gap measurement).

9. If Wgap is larger or equal to either of the sub-block bandwidths, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).

10. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on lower side of the lowest sub-clock, and the higher side of the highest sub-block (out of gap measurement).

11. If Wgap is larger or equal to 5 MHz, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).

12. If Wgap is larger or equal to 15 MHz, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the second UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).

13. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8 for CA E-UTRAACLR (out of gap measurement).

14. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9 for CA E-UTRAACLR (in gap measurement).

15. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 10 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2 (out of gap measurement).

16. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 11 and 12 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2 (in gap measurement).

6.6.2.3A.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.3A.3.5 Test Requirements

6.6.2.3A.3.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.3.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 13 and 14, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.3.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.3.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3A.3.5.2 Test requirements UTRA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in steps 15 and 16, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.3.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.3.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/
-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.3A.3_1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM

6.6.2.3A.3_1.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.1.

6.6.2.3A.3_1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA and UL 64QAM.

6.6.2.3A.3_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.

6.6.2.3A.3_1.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.1 Initial condition

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Refer to test points

A: Mid frequency, Maximum Wgap(low + high frequency)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Refer to test point

Test only test points with

Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC

Highest NRB for PCC and SCC

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

Wgap
[MHz]

DL Allocation

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs NRB

CC MOD

PCC & SCC
RB allocation

CC MOD

PCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

CC MOD

SCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations

1

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

64QAM

P_1@0

64QAM

S_1@24

2

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

64QAM

P_25@0

64QAM

S_25@0

3

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

64QAM

P_1@0

64QAM

S_1@24

4

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

64QAM

P_25@0

64QAM

S_25@0

5

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

64QAM

P_1@0

64QAM

S_1@99

6

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

64QAM

P_25@0

64QAM

S_25@75

7

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

64QAM

P_100@0

64QAM

S_100@0

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.

6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3.4.2.

6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.3A.3_1.5 Test Requirements

Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3.5.

6.6.2.3A.3_2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM

6.6.2.3A.3_2.1 Test purpose

Same as in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.1.

6.6.2.3A.3_2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA and UL 256QAM.

6.6.2.3A.3_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.

6.6.2.3A.3_2.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.3_2.4.1 Initial condition

Same as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.1 with the following exception:

– In Step 4, instead of Table 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3A.3_2.4.1-1

Table 6.6.2.3A.3_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Refer to test points

A: Mid frequency, Maximum Wgap(low + high frequency)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Refer to test point

Test only test points with

Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC

Highest NRB for PCC and SCC

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

Wgap
[MHz]

DL Allocation

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs NRB

CC MOD

PCC & SCC
RB allocation

CC MOD

PCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

CC MOD

SCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations

1

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

256QAM

P_1@0

256QAM

S_1@24

2

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

256QAM

P_25@0

256QAM

S_25@0

3

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

256QAM

P_1@0

256QAM

S_1@24

4

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

256QAM

P_25@0

256QAM

S_25@0

5

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

256QAM

P_1@0

256QAM

S_1@99

6

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

256QAM

P_25@0

256QAM

S_25@75

7

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

256QAM

P_100@0

256QAM

S_100@0

6.6.2.3A.3_2.4.2 Test procedure

Same as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.2.

6.6.2.3A.3_2.4.3 Message contents

Same as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.3.

6.6.2.3A.3_2.5 Test Requirements

Same as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3_1.5.

6.6.2.3A.4 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (3UL CA)

6.6.2.3A.4.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.

6.6.2.3A.4.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support 3DL CA and 3UL CA.

6.6.2.3A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.

6.6.2.3A.4.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.4.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 and 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-1 for intra-band contiguous CA, 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-2 for inter-band CA and 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-3 for intra-band non-contiguous CA. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for intra-band contiguous CA

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Low range, High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration

Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCC1
NRB

SCC2
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCC RB allocations(LCRB @ RBstart)

50

100

100

N/A for this test

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

50

100

100

QPSK

200

P_50@0

P_100@0

P_100@0

50

100

100

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

50

100

100

16QAM

200

P_50@0

P_100@0

P_100@0

75

100

100

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

75

100

100

QPSK

275

P_75@0

P_100@0

P_100@0

75

100

100

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

75

100

100

16QAM

275

P_75@0

P_100@0

P_100@0

100

100

100

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

100

100

100

QPSK

300

P_100@0

P_100@0

P_100@0

100

100

100

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

100

100

100

16QAM

300

P_100@0

P_100@0

P_100@0

100

50

100

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

100

50

100

QPSK

250

P_100@0

P_50@0

P_100@0

100

50

100

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

100

50

100

16QAM

250

P_100@0

P_50@0

P_100@0

100

75

100

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

100

75

100

QPSK

275

P_100@0

P_75@0

P_100@0

100

75

100

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

100

75

100

16QAM

275

P_100@0

P_75@0

P_100@0

100

100

50

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

100

100

50

QPSK

250

P_100@0

P_100@0

P_50@0

100

100

50

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

100

100

50

16QAM

250

P_100@0

P_100@0

P_50@0

100

100

75

QPSK

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

100

100

75

QPSK

275

P_100@0

P_100@0

P_75@0

100

100

75

16QAM

8

P_8@0

S_0@0

S_0@0

100

100

75

16QAM

275

P_100@0

P_100@0

P_75@0

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1.

Note 2: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , only the first of those is tested, according to the order on the Test Configuration Table list.

Table 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for inter-band CA

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes

Low and High range for both PCC and SCC

(Note 3)

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Lowest NRB_agg

Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

CC MOD

UL Allocation

PCC

SCC1

SCC2

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_alloc

PCC & SCCs RB allocations

NRB

NRB

NRB

PCC

SCCs

25

100

100

N/A for this test

QPSK

44

P_8@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

25

100

100

QPSK

225

P_25@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

25

100

100

16QAM

44

P_8@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

25

100

100

16QAM

225

P_25@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

50

100

100

QPSK

48

P_12@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

50

100

100

QPSK

250

P_50@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

50

100

100

16QAM

48

P_12@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

50

100

100

16QAM

250

P_50@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

75

100

100

QPSK

52

P_16@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

75

100

100

QPSK

275

P_75@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

75

100

100

16QAM

52

P_16@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

75

100

100

16QAM

275

P_75@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

100

100

100

QPSK

54

P_18@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

100

100

100

QPSK

300

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

100

100

100

16QAM

54

P_18@0

S_18@0

S_18@0

100

100

100

16QAM

300

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

100

25

100

QPSK

44

P_18@0

S_8@0

S_18@0

100

25

100

QPSK

225

P_100@0

S_25@0

S_100@0

100

25

100

16QAM

44

P_18@0

S_8@0

S_18@0

100

25

100

16QAM

225

P_100@0

S_25@0

S_100@0

100

50

100

QPSK

48

P_18@0

S_12@0

S_18@0

100

50

100

QPSK

250

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

100

50

100

16QAM

48

P_18@0

S_12@0

S_18@0

100

50

100

16QAM

250

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

100

75

100

QPSK

52

P_18@0

S_16@0

S_18@0

100

75

100

QPSK

275

P_100@0

S_75@0

S_100@0

100

75

100

16QAM

52

P_18@0

S_16@0

S_18@0

100

75

100

16QAM

275

P_100@0

S_75@0

S_100@0

50

50

100

QPSK

42

P_12@0

S_12@0

S_18@0

50

50

100

QPSK

200

P_50@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

50

50

100

16QAM

42

P_12@0

S_12@0

S_18@0

50

50

100

16QAM

200

P_50@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

50

75

100

QPSK

46

P_12@0

S_16@0

S_18@0

50

75

100

QPSK

225

P_50@0

S_75@0

S_100@0

50

75

100

16QAM

46

P_12@0

S_16@0

S_18@0

50

75

100

16QAM

225

P_50@0

S_75@0

S_100@0

75

50

100

QPSK

46

P_16@0

S_12@0

S_18@0

75

50

100

QPSK

225

P_50@0

S_75@0

S_100@0

75

50

100

16QAM

46

P_16@0

S_12@0

S_18@0

75

50

100

16QAM

225

P_50@0

S_75@0

S_100@0

75

75

100

QPSK

50

P_16@0

S_16@0

S_18@0

75

75

100

QPSK

250

P_75@0

S_75@0

S_100@0

75

75

100

16QAM

50

P_16@0

S_16@0

S_18@0

75

75

100

16QAM

250

P_75@0

S_75@0

S_100@0

50

100

50

QPSK

42

P_12@0

S_18@0

S_12@0

50

100

50

QPSK

200

P_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

50

100

50

16QAM

42

P_12@0

S_18@0

S_12@0

50

100

50

16QAM

200

P_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

50

100

75

QPSK

46

P_12@0

S_18@0

S_16@0

50

100

75

QPSK

225

P_50@0

S_100@0

S_75@0

50

100

75

16QAM

46

P_12@0

S_18@0

S_16@0

50

100

75

16QAM

225

P_50@0

S_100@0

S_75@0

75

100

50

QPSK

46

P_16@0

S_18@0

S_12@0

75

100

50

QPSK

225

P_75@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

75

100

50

16QAM

46

P_16@0

S_18@0

S_12@0

75

100

50

16QAM

225

P_75@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

75

100

75

QPSK

50

P_16@0

S_18@0

S_16@0

75

100

75

QPSK

250

P_75@0

S_100@0

S_75@0

75

100

75

16QAM

50

P_16@0

S_18@0

S_16@0

75

100

75

16QAM

250

P_75@0

S_100@0

S_75@0

75

75

50

QPSK

44

P_16@0

S_16@0

S_12@0

75

75

50

QPSK

200

P_75@0

S_75@0

S_50@0

75

75

50

16QAM

44

P_16@0

S_16@0

S_12@0

75

75

50

16QAM

200

P_75@0

S_75@0

S_50@0

75

75

75

QPSK

48

P_16@0

S_16@0

S_16@0

75

75

75

QPSK

225

P_75@0

S_75@0

S_75@0

75

75

75

16QAM

48

P_16@0

S_16@0

S_16@0

75

75

75

16QAM

225

P_75@0

S_75@0

S_75@0

100

50

50

QPSK

42

P_18@0

S_12@0

S_12@0

100

50

50

QPSK

200

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_50@0

100

50

50

16QAM

42

P_18@0

S_12@0

S_12@0

100

50

50

16QAM

200

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_50@0

100

50

75

QPSK

46

P_18@0

S_12@0

S_16@0

100

50

75

QPSK

225

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_75@0

100

50

75

16QAM

46

P_18@0

S_12@0

S_16@0

100

50

75

16QAM

225

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_75@0

100

75

50

QPSK

46

P_18@0

S_16@0

S_12@0

100

75

50

QPSK

225

P_100@0

S_75@0

S_50@0

100

75

50

16QAM

46

P_18@0

S_16@0

S_12@0

100

75

50

16QAM

225

P_100@0

S_75@0

S_50@0

100

75

75

QPSK

50

P_18@0

S_16@0

S_16@0

100

75

75

QPSK

250

P_100@0

S_75@0

S_75@0

100

75

75

16QAM

50

P_18@0

S_16@0

S_16@0

100

75

75

16QAM

250

P_100@0

S_75@0

S_75@0

100

100

50

QPSK

48

P_18@0

S_18@0

S_12@0

100

100

50

QPSK

250

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

100

100

50

16QAM

48

P_18@0

S_18@0

S_12@0

100

100

50

16QAM

250

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

100

100

75

QPSK

52

P_18@0

S_18@0

S_16@0

100

100

75

QPSK

275

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_75@0

100

100

75

16QAM

52

P_18@0

S_18@0

S_16@0

100

100

75

16QAM

275

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_75@0

Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

Note 2: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg. only the first of those is tested. according to the order on the Test Configuration Table list.

Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table for intra-band non-contiguous CA

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Refer to test points

A: Low Wgap, Maximum Wgap

Test CC Combination setting (NRB) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE.

Refer to test point

Test only test points with

Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC

Highest NRB for PCC and SCC

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

ID

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

Wgap
[MHz]

DL Allocation

UL Allocation

PCC
NRB

SCCs NRB

CC MOD

PCC & SCC
RB allocation

CC MOD

PCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

CC MOD

SCC NRB_alloc

(LCRB @ RBstart)

Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations

1

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@24

S_1@24

2

25

25

35

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@0

S_25@0

3

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@24

S_1@24

4

25

25

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@0

S_25@0

5

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_1@0

16QAM

S_1@99

S_1@99

6

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_25@0

16QAM

S_25@75

S_25@75

7

100

100

5

N/A

N/A

16QAM

P_100@0

16QAM

S_100@0

S_100@0

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A Figure group A.32 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-1 for intra-band contiguous CA, 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-2 for inter-band CA and 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-3 for intra-band non-contiguous CA.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.4.4.3.

6.6.2.3A.4.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1 for intra-band contiguous CA, 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-2 for inter-band CA and 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-3 for intra-band non-contiguous CA on all PCC and SCCs. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 for intra-band non-contiguous CA, 6.2.3A.2.5-1 for inter-band CA and 6.2.3A.3.5-1 for intra-band non-contiguous CA. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA (in the first band for inter-band CA UE).

8. For intra-band non-contiguous 3UL CA UE, execute steps 8a) to 8d):

8a) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.

8b) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.

8c) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8a) for CA E-UTRAACLR.

8d) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8b) for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2

9. For inter-band 3UL CA UE, execute steps 9a) to 9e):

9a) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively

9b) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.

9c) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9a) for CA E-UTRAACLR.

9d) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9b) for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.

9e) Repeat steps 6 to 11 for the second band of the CA configuration.

10. For intra-band non-contiguous 3UL CA UE, execute steps 10a) to 10i):

10a) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on lower side of the lowest sub-clock, and the higher side of the highest sub-block (out of gap measurement).

10b) If Wgap is larger or equal to either of the sub-block bandwidths, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).

10c) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on lower side of the lowest sub-clock, and the higher side of the highest sub-block (out of gap measurement).

10d) If Wgap is larger or equal to 5 MHz, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).

10e) If Wgap is larger or equal to 15 MHz, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the second UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).

10f) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 10a) for CA E-UTRAACLR (out of gap measurement).

10g) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 10b) for CA E-UTRAACLR (in gap measurement).

10h) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 10c) for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2 (out of gap measurement).

10i) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 10d) and 10e) for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2 (in gap measurement).

6.6.2.3A.4.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.

6.6.2.3A.4.5 Test Requirements

6.6.2.3A.4.5.1 Test requirements of UTRA for CA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2, derived in steps 8d), 9d) 10h)and 10i), shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.4.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.4.5.1-1: UTRA UE ACLR for CA

CA bandwidth class / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class D

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA /2 + BWUTRA/2

/

– BWChannel_CA / 2 – BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA /2 + 3*BWUTRA/2

/

– BWChannel_CA /2 – 3*BWUTRA/2

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1)

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2)

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

6.6.2.3A.4.5.2 Test requirements of CA E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 for intra-band non-contiguous CA, 6.2.3A.2.5-1 for inter-band CA and 6.2.3A.3.5-1 for intra-band non-contiguous CA as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR, derived in steps 8c), 9c) 10f)and 10g), shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.4.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.4.5.2-1: CA E-UTRA ACLR

CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class D

CA E-UTRAACLR

29.2 dB

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA

/

– BWChannel_CA

6.6.2.3A.5 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (4UL CA)

6.6.2.3A.5.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.

6.6.2.3A.5.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band and 4UL CA.

6.6.2.3A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements

The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.

6.6.2.3A.5.4 Test description

6.6.2.3A.5.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.5.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3A.5.4.1-1: inter-band CA Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

NC

Test Frequencies as specified in
TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2.

Low and High range

Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE (Note 1).

Lowest NRB_agg
Highest NRB_agg

(Note 2)

Test Parameters for CA Configurations

CA Configuration / NRB_agg

DL Allocation

DL Allocation

CC
MOD

UL Allocation

ID

PCC
NRB

SCC1
NRB

SCC2
NRB

SCC3
NRB

PCC & SCC RB allocation

NRB_ alloc

PCC & SCC1 & SCC2 & SCC3 RB allocations
(LCRB @ RBstart)

1

100

50

100

50

QPSK

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

2

100

50

100

50

QPSK

100

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_50@0

S_0@0

3

100

50

100

50

QPSK

300

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

4

100

50

100

50

16 QAM

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

5

100

50

100

50

16 QAM

100

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_50@0

S_0@0

6

100

50

100

50

16 QAM

300

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

7

100

50

100

50

64 QAM

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

8

100

50

100

50

64 QAM

300

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

9

100

50

100

50

N/A for this

256 QAM

300

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

10

100

100

100

100

test

QPSK

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

11

100

100

100

100

QPSK

100

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_50@0

S_0@0

12

100

100

100

100

QPSK

400

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

13

100

100

100

100

16 QAM

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

14

100

100

100

100

16 QAM

100

P_50@0

S_0@0

S_50@0

S_0@0

15

100

100

100

100

16 QAM

400

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

16

100

100

100

100

64 QAM

24

P_12@0

S_0@0

S_12@0

S_0@0

17

100

100

100

100

64 QAM

300

P_100@0

S_50@0

S_100@0

S_50@0

18

100

100

100

100

256 QAM

400

P_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

S_100@0

NOTE 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2.

NOTE 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.55 as appropriate.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1A.5.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.5.4.3.

6.6.2.3A.5.4.2 Test procedure

1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.

2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.5.4.3

3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).

4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.5.4.1-1 all PCC and SCCs. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.5.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA in the first band of the CA configuration.

8. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.

9. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.

10. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8 for CA E-UTRAACLR.

11. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.

12. Repeat steps 6 to 11 for the second band of the CA configuration.

6.6.2.3A.5.5 Test Requirements

6.6.2.3A.5.5.1 Test requirements of UTRA for CA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than -50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2, derived in step 11, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.5.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.5.5.1-1: UTRA UE ACLR for CA

CA bandwidth class / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class D

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA /2 + BWUTRA/2

/

– BWChannel_CA / 2 – BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA /2 + 3*BWUTRA/2

/

– BWChannel_CA /2 – 3*BWUTRA/2

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1)

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2)

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

6.6.2.3A.5.5.2 Test requirements of CA E-UTRA

The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.5.5-1 and if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 10 shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.5.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3A.5.5.2-1: CA E-UTRA ACLR

CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class D

CA E-UTRAACLR

29.2 dB

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA

/

– BWChannel_CA

6.6.2.3B Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UL-MIMO

6.6.2.3B.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for UL-MIMO.

6.6.2.3B.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO.

6.6.2.3B.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For UE with multiple transmit antenna connectors, the requirements for ACLR are specified at each transmit antenna connector. ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3B.3-1.

Figure 6.6.2.3B.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements

6.6.2.3B.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA

E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.1-1.

For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme ,, the requirements in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.1-1 apply to each transmit antenna connector with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B.3‑2.

If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than -50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3B.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.6.2B.

6.6.2.3B.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA

UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.

UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.2-1.

For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the requirements in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.2-1 apply to each transmit antenna connector with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B.3‑2.

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than -50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3B.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.6.2B.

6.6.2.3B.4 Test description

6.6.2.3B.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3B.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3B.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1)

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for ACLR testing

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

6

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

15

15

3MHz

16QAM

4

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

16QAM

25

25

5MHz

16QAM

8

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

16QAM

50

(Note 3)

50

(Note 3)

10MHz

16QAM

12

12

15MHz

QPSK

75

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

16QAM

75

(Note 3)

75

(Note 3)

15MHz

16QAM

16

16

20MHz

QPSK

100

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

16QAM

100

(Note 3)

100

(Note 3)

20MHz

16QAM

18

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max + 1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories [FFS].

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.28.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3B.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3B.4.3.

6.6.2.3B.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 4 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3B.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the sum of the mean power at each antenna connector of UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in clause 6.2.3B.5. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA at each antenna connector of UE.

5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel at each antenna connector of UE.

6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel at each antenna connector of UE.

7. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for E-UTRAACLR.

8. Calculated the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.

6.6.2.3B.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.3B.5 Test requirement

6.6.2.3B.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured sum of mean power at each transmit antenna connector for UE in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in clause 6.2.3B.5 as appropriate,

and

– The requirements apply to each transmit antenna connector.

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3B.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3B.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or

-1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or

-15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3B.5.2 Test requirements UTRA

The requirements apply to each transmit antenna connector.

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than -50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3B.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3B.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.3E Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UE category 0

6.6.2.3E.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3.1.

6.6.2.3E.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.

6.6.2.3E.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3.3.

6.6.2.3E.4 Test description

6.6.2.3E.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.1 with following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3E.4.1-1.

– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

Table 6.6.2.3E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD and HD-FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for ACLR testing

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

5

5

3MHz

16QAM

4

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

16QAM

5

5

10MHz

QPSK

25

25

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

16QAM

5

5

15MHz

QPSK

36

36

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

16QAM

5

5

20MHz

QPSK

36

36

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

16QAM

5

5

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max + 1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

6.6.2.3E.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.2 with following exception for HD-FDD:

– In step 3, slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframe are not under test.

6.6.2.3E.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.3E.5 Test requirement

6.6.2.3E.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3E.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3E.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3E.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

Test requirements UTRA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3E.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3E.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/
-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.3EA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UE category M1

6.6.2.3EA.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).

6.6.2.3EA.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.

6.6.2.3EA.3 Minimum conformance requirements

ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3EA.3-1.

Figure 6.6.2.3EA.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements

6.6.2.3EA.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA

E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.1-1.

If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1.

6.6.2.3EA.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA

UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.

UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.2-1.

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2.3.2.

6.6.2.3EA.4 Test description

6.6.2.3EA.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A for ACLR test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

0

6

3MHz

QPSK

2

0

7

3MHz

QPSK

5

0

8

3MHz

QPSK

6

0

9

3MHz

16QAM

2

0

10

3MHz

16QAM

5

0

11

5MHz

QPSK

6

0

12 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

0

13

5MHz

16QAM

3

0

14

5MHz

16QAM

5

0

15 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

0

16

10MHz

QPSK

6

0

17 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

0

18

10MHz

16QAM

5

0

19

15MHz

QPSK

6

0

20

15MHz

16QAM

5

0

21

20MHz

16QAM

5

0

High range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

0

6

3MHz

QPSK

2

1

7

3MHz

QPSK

5

1

8

3MHz

QPSK

6

1

9

3MHz

16QAM

2

1

10

3MHz

16QAM

5

1

11

5MHz

QPSK

6

3

12 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

3

13

5MHz

16QAM

3

3

14

5MHz

16QAM

5

3

15 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

7

16

10MHz

QPSK

6

7

17 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

7

18

10MHz

16QAM

5

7

19

15MHz

QPSK

6

11

20

15MHz

16QAM

5

11

21

20MHz

16QAM

5

15

Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband.

Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE

Table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

5MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

5MHz

QPSK

½ (6 SCs)

0

High range

2

5MHz

QPSK

½ (6 SCs)

3

Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7.

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The SCstart shall be SC#0 and SC# (72 – RB allocation) of the narrowband, when RB allocation is defined as #SCs

1. Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3EA.4.3.

7. For UE supporting subPRB allocation, repeat step 1-6 with UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-2.

6.6.2.3EA.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3EA.5-1 to 6.2.3EA.5-7a . The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods and Half-duplex guard subframe are not under test.

4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.

5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.

6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.

7. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.

8. Calculated the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for lower and upper UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, respectively.

6.6.2.3EA.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.

6.6.2.3EA.5 Test requirement

6.6.2.3EA.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in [Table 6.2.3EA.5-1 to 6.2.3EA.5-7, as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EA.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3EA.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3EA.5.2 Test requirements UTRA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EA.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3EA.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.3EB Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UE category 1bis

6.6.2.3EB.1 Test purpose

Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3.1.

6.6.2.3EB.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.

6.6.2.3EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3.3.

6.6.2.3EB.4 Test description

6.6.2.3EB.4.1 Initial conditions

Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.1 with following exceptions:

– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

6.6.2.3EB.4.2 Test procedure

Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.2

6.6.2.3EB.4.3 Message contents

Message contents same as clause 6.6.2.3.4.3.

6.6.2.3EB.5 Test requirement

6.6.2.3EB.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3EB.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EB.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3EB.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3EB.5.2 Test requirements UTRA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EB.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3EB.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/
-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.3EC Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UE category M2

6.6.2.3EC.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).

6.6.2.3EC.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of UE category M2.

6.6.2.3EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements

ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3EC.3-1.

Figure 6.6.2.3EC.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements

6.6.2.3EC.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA

E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.1-1.

If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1.

6.6.2.3EC.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA

UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.

UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.2-1.

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2.3.2.

6.6.2.3EC.4 Test description

6.6.2.3EC.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

TDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

6

0

6

3MHz

QPSK

2

2

0

7

3MHz

QPSK

5

5

0

8

3MHz

QPSK

12

12

0

9

3MHz

16QAM

2

2

0

10

3MHz

16QAM

12

12

0

11 (Note 4)

5MHz

QPSK

1

1

0

12 (Note 5)

5MHz

QPSK

3

3

0

13

5MHz

QPSK

24

24

0

14 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

1

0

15

5MHz

16QAM

3

3

0

16 (Note 5)

5MHz

16QAM

5

5

0

17

5MHz

16QAM

24

24

0

18 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

4

0

19 (Note 5)

10MHz

QPSK

5

5

0

20

10MHz

QPSK

24

24

0

21 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

3

0

22

10MHz

16QAM

5

5

0

23

10MHz

16QAM

24

24

0

24

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

0

25

15MHz

QPSK

24

24

0

26

15MHz

16QAM

16

16

0

27

15MHz

16QAM

24

24

0

28

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

0

29

20MHz

QPSK

24

24

0

30

20MHz

16QAM

18

18

0

31

20MHz

16QAM

24

24

0

High range

1

1.4MHz

QPSK

2

2

0

2

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

0

3

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

6

0

4

1.4MHz

16QAM

2

2

0

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

6

0

6

3MHz

QPSK

2

2

1

7

3MHz

QPSK

5

5

1

8

3MHz

QPSK

12

12

0

9

3MHz

16QAM

2

2

1

10

3MHz

16QAM

12

12

0

11 (Note 4)

5MHz

QPSK

1

1

3

12 (Note 5)

5MHz

QPSK

3

3

3

13

5MHz

QPSK

24

24

0

14 (Note 4)

5MHz

16QAM

1

1

3

15

5MHz

16QAM

3

3

3

16 (Note 5)

5MHz

16QAM

5

5

3

17

5MHz

16QAM

24

24

0

18 (Note 4)

10MHz

QPSK

4

4

7

19 (Note 5)

10MHz

QPSK

5

5

7

20

10MHz

QPSK

24

24

4

21 (Note 4)

10MHz

16QAM

3

3

7

22

10MHz

16QAM

5

5

7

23

10MHz

16QAM

24

24

4

24

15MHz

QPSK

15

15

9

25

15MHz

QPSK

24

24

8

26

15MHz

16QAM

15

15

9

27

15MHz

16QAM

24

24

8

28

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

13

29

20MHz

QPSK

24

24

12

30

20MHz

16QAM

18

18

13

31

20MHz

16QAM

24

24

12

Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7.

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband.

Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE

Note 5: Only for power class 5 and power class 6 UE

Table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15 MHz

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Configuration ID

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD and HD-FDD

Narrowband index (Note 1)

Low range, Mid range

1

5MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

2

5MHz

QPSK

¼

0

3

5MHz

QPSK

½

0

4

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

5

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

4

6

10MHz

QPSK

¼

0

7

10MHz

QPSK

¼

4

8

10MHz

QPSK

½

0

9

10MHz

QPSK

½

4

10

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

11

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

8

12

15MHz

QPSK

¼

0

13

15MHz

QPSK

¼

8

14

15MHz

QPSK

½

0

15

15MHz

QPSK

½

8

High range

16

5MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

17

5MHz

QPSK

¼

0

18

5MHz

QPSK

½

0

19

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

20

10MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

4

21

10MHz

QPSK

¼

0

22

10MHz

QPSK

½

4

23

10MHz

QPSK

¼

0

24

10MHz

QPSK

½

4

25

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

0

26

15MHz

π/2-BPSK

¼

8

27

15MHz

QPSK

¼

0

28

15MHz

QPSK

¼

8

29

15MHz

QPSK

½

0

30

15MHz

QPSK

½

8

Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7.

Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband.

1. Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3EC.4.3.

6.6.2.3EC.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3EC.5-1 to 6.2.3EC.5-3. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods and Half-duplex guard subframe are not under test.

4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.

5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.

6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.

7. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.

8. Calculated the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for lower and upper UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, respectively.

9. For UE supporting subPRB allocation, repeat step 1-8 with UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-2.

6.6.2.3EC.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA.

6.6.2.3EC.5 Test requirement

6.6.2.3EC.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3EC.5-1, 6.2.3EC.5-2 and 6.2.3EC.5-3 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EC.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3EC.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3EC.5.2 Test requirements UTRA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EC.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3EC.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.3F Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for category NB1 and NB2

6.6.2.3F.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).

6.6.2.3F.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 13 and forward of category NB1.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 14 and forward of category NB2.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 15 and forward of category NB1 and NB2.

6.6.2.3F.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency. The assigned category NB1 or NB2 channel power and adjacent channel power are measured with filters and measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3F-1. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the category NB1 or NB2 UE ACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3F-1. GSMACLR requirement is intended for protection of GSM system. UTRAACLR requirement is intended for protection of UTRA and E-UTRA systems.

Table 6.6.2.3F-1: category NB1 and NB2 UE ACLR requirements

GSMACLR

UTRAACLR

ACLR

20 dB

37 dB

Adjacent channel
centre frequency offset
from category NB1 or NB2 Channel edge

±200 kHz

±2.5 MHz

Adjacent channel
measurement bandwidth

180 kHz

3.84 MHz

Measurement filter

Rectangular

RRC-filter α=0.22

Category NB1 and NB2 channel measurement bandwidth

180 kHz

180 kHz

Category NB1 and NB2 channel Measurement filter

Rectangular

Rectangular

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2F.3.

6.6.2.3F.4 Test description

6.6.2.3F.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters shown in table 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2.4. Configurations of NPDSCH and NPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for FDD & TDD

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508[7] subclause 8.1.1

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.3.1

Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.2

Test Parameters

Configuration ID

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

N/A

Modulation

Ntones

Sub-carrier spacing (kHz)

1

QPSK

1@0

3.75kHz

2

QPSK

1@47

3.75kHz

3

QPSK

1@0

15kHz

4

QPSK

1@11

15kHz

5 (Note 1)

QPSK

3@0

15kHz

6 (Note 1)

QPSK

3@3

15kHz

7 (Note 1)

QPSK

3@9

15kHz

8 (Note 1)

QPSK

6@0

15kHz

9 (Note 1)

QPSK

6@6

15kHz

10 (Note 1)

QPSK

12@0

15kHz

Note 1: Applicable to UE supporting UL multi-tone transmissions

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main Tx/Rx antenna.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1.1 and H.4.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3F.4.3.

6.6.2.3F.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for the UL HARQ process via NPDCCH DCI format N0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. (UE should be already transmitting PUMAX after Initial Conditions setting).

2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3F.5-1. The measurement period is at least one sub-frame (1ms) for 15 KHz channel spacing, and at least a 2ms slot (excluding the 2304Ts gap when UE is not transmitting) respectively for the 3.75 KHz channel spacing. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

3. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for category NB1 or NB2 UE channel.

4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the GSM adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the category NB1 or NB2 UE channel, respectively.

5. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the category NB1 or NB2 UE channel, respectively.

6. Calculate the ratios of the power between the value measured in step 3 over step 4 for lower and upper GSMACLR.

7. Calculated the ratio of the power between the value measured in step 3 over step 5 for lower and upper UTRAACLR.

NOTE 1: For configuration IDs applicable to UE depending on UE capability in Test Configuration Table with different UL sub-carrier spacing, the SS shall release the connection through State 3A-NB and finally ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5 using the appropriate UL subcarrier spacing in Random Access Response message.

6.6.2.3F.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.6.

6.6.2.3F.5 Test requirement

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3F.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured GSMACLR derived in step 7 and UTRAACLR derived in step 8 shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3F.5-1.

Table 6.6.2.3F.5-1: Category NB1 and UE ACLR Test requirements

GSMACLR

UTRAACLR

ACLR

19.2 dB

36.2 dB

Adjacent channel
centre frequency offset
from category NB1 or NB2 Channel edge

±200 kHz

±2.5 MHz

Adjacent channel
measurement bandwidth

180 kHz

3.84 MHz

Measurement filter

Rectangular

RRC-filter α=0.22

Category NB1 and NB2 channel measurement bandwidth

180 kHz

180 kHz

Category NB1 and NB2 channel Measurement filter

Rectangular

Rectangular

6.6.2.3FA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for category NB1 and NB2/Power Class 6

6.6.2.3FA.1 Test purpose

Same as in Clause 6.6.2.3F.1.

6.6.2.3FA.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD Power Class 6 UE release 14 and forward of category NB1 and NB2.

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD Power Class 6 UE release 15 and forward of category NB1 and NB2.

6.6.2.3FA.3 Minimum conformance requirements

Same minimum conformance requirement as in clause 6.6.2.3F.3.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2F.3.

6.6.2.3FA.4 Test description

Same test description as in clause 6.6.2.3F.4 with the following exceptions:

– Instead of Table 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3FA.4-1.

– Instead of Table 6.2.3F.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3FA.5-1.

Table 6.6.2.3FA.4-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.1

Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.3.1

Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.2

Test Parameters

Configuration ID

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Modulation

Ntones

Sub-carrier spacing (kHz)

1

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

QPSK

1@0

3.75

2

QPSK

1@47

3.75

3

BPSK

1@0

15

4

BPSK

1@11

15

5 (Note 1)

QPSK

3@0

15

6 (Note 1)

QPSK

3@3

15

7 (Note 1)

QPSK

3@9

15

8 (Note 1)

QPSK

6@0

15

9 (Note 1)

QPSK

6@6

15

10 (Note 1)

QPSK

12@0

15

Note 1: Applicable to UE supporting UL multi-tone transmissions

6.6.2.3FA.5 Test requirement

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3FA.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured GSMACLR derived in step 7 and UTRAACLR derived in step 8 shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3FA.5-1.

Table 6.6.2.3FA.5-1: Category NB1 and UE ACLR Test requirements

GSMACLR

UTRAACLR

ACLR

19.2 dB

36.2 dB

Adjacent channel
centre frequency offset
from category NB1 or NB2 Channel edge

±200 kHz

±2.5 MHz

Adjacent channel
measurement bandwidth

180 kHz

3.84 MHz

Measurement filter

Rectangular

RRC-filter α=0.22

Category NB1 and NB2 channel measurement bandwidth

180 kHz

180 kHz

Category NB1 and NB2 channel Measurement filter

Rectangular

Rectangular

6.6.2.3G Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for V2X Communication

6.6.2.3G.1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.3G.1.1 Test purpose

To verify that V2X UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) when UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink transmissions non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions.

6.6.2.3G.1.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward which support V2X Sidelink communication.

6.6.2.3G.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements

When UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink transmissions non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions for E-UTRA V2X operating bands specified in Table 5.2G-1, the requirements in subclause 6.6.2.3 apply except for the ACLR requirements for power class 2 V2X UE.

For power class 2 V2X UE, the assigned channel power and adjacent channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3G.1.3-1. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then ACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3G.1.3-1.

Table 6.6.2.3G.1.3-1: ACLR requirements for power class 2 V2X Communication

Channel bandwidth / ACLR / Measurement bandwidth

10 MHz

20 MHz

ACLR

31 dB

31 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

9.0 MHz

18 MHz

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz]

+10

/

-10

+20

/

-20

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G, and clause 6.6.2.3.

6.6.2.3G.1.4 Test description

6.6.2.3G.1.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3G.1.4.1-1 the details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

Table 6.6.2.3G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration for V2X sidelink transmission

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in subclause 5.4.2G)

Lowest, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

V2X Configuratin to Transmit

Ch BW

Mod’n

PSSCH RB Allocation

10MHz

QPSK

12 (Note 2)

10MHz

QPSK

48@2

10MHz

16QAM

12 (Note 2)

10MHz

16QAM

48@2

20MHz

QPSK

18 (Note 2)

20MHz

QPSK

96@2

20MHz

16QAM

18 (Note 2)

20MHz

16QAM

96@2

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in specified in subclause 5.4.2G.

Note 2: The test shall be performed with allocated sub-channel(s) at low and high end of the channel bandwidth respectively.

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Figure A.92.

2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 for both SS and UE are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.1 with the exception specified in clause 6.6.2.3G.1.4.3.

3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 6.6.2.3G.1.4.1-1

4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0;

6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.6.2.3G.1.4.2 Test procedure

1. The V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC with transmission power at PUMAX level according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.6.2.3G.1.4.1-1;

2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.3G.1 for power class 3 UE, and shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.3G.2 for power class 2 UE. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms).

3. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA sidelink.

4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA sidelink channel, respectively.

6. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 3 over step 4 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.

6.6.2.3G.1.4.3 Message contents

Refer to the subclause 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3

6.6.2.3G.1.5 Test requirements

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 2, shall fulfil requirements in subclause 6.2.3G.1 for power class 3 UE, and shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.3G.2 for power class 2 UE as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 6, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3.5.1-1.

Table6.6.2.3G.1.5-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 3 UE

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

10MHz

20MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2dB

29.2dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

9.0 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

Table6.6.2.3G.1.5-2: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 2 UE

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

10MHz

20MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

30.2dB

30.2dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

9.0 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3G.2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for V2X Communication / Simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.3G.2.1 Test purpose

To verify that V2X UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) when UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions.

6.6.2.3G.2.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward which support V2X communication and is capable of V2X Sidelink communication simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink transmissions.

6.6.2.3G.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements

When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in subclause 6.6.2 apply per V2X sidelink transmission and E-UTRA uplink transmission as specified for the corresponding inter-band con-current operation with uplink assigned to two bands.

The assigned channel power and adjacent channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3G.2.3-1 and 6.6.2.3G.2.3-2. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then ACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3G.2.3-1 and 6.6.2.3G.2.3-2.

Table 6.6.2.3G.2.3-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 3 UE

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / Measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz]

+1.4

/

-1.4

+3.0

/

-3.0

+5

/

-5

+10

/

-10

+15

/

-15

+20

/

-20

Table 6.6.2.3G.2.3-2: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 2 UE

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / Measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

31 dB

31 dB

31 dB

31 dB

31 dB

31 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz]

+1.4

/

-1.4

+3.0

/

-3.0

+5

/

-5

+10

/

-10

+15

/

-15

+20

/

-20

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G, and clause 6.6.2.3.

6.6.2.3G.2.4 Test description

6.6.2.3G.2.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3G.2.4.1-1. The details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3.

Table 6.6.2.3G.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range for uplink and Low range for V2X,

High range for uplink and High range for V2X

Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink

Uplink Configuration

V2X Configuration

Ch BW

N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case

Mod’n

RB allocation

Ch BW

Mod’n

PSSCH RB allocation

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

10 MHz

QPSK

48@2

1.4MHz

QPSK

6

10 MHz

16QAM

48@2

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

20 MHz

QPSK

96@2

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

20 MHz

16QAM

96@2

3MHz

QPSK

4

3MHz

QPSK

15

3MHz

16QAM

4

3MHz

16QAM

15

5MHz

QPSK

8

5MHz

QPSK

25

5MHz

16QAM

8

5MHz

16QAM

25

10MHz

QPSK

12

10MHz

QPSK

50

10MHz

16QAM

12

10MHz

16QAM

50

(Note 3)

15MHz

QPSK

16

15MHz

QPSK

75

15MHz

16QAM

16

15MHz

16QAM

75

(Note 3)

20MHz

QPSK

18

20MHz

QPSK

100

20MHz

16QAM

18

20MHz

16QAM

100

(Note 3)

Note 1: V2X con-current band configurations are checked separately for each band configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2.

Note 2: For Low range the E-UTRA carrier uses only test points with RBstart=0. For High range the E-UTRA carrier uses only test points with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1.

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.93a.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.6.2.3G.2.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to table 6.6.2.3G.2.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in the state 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C.

6.6.2.3G.2.4.2 Test procedure

1. The SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.

2. SS sends the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.3G.1.3.5 for power class 3 UE. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink, respectively. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink channel, respectively. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

6. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.

6.6.2.3G.2.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, with the following exception:

Table 6.6.2.3G.2.4.3-1: SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-20C

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

sizeSubchannel-r14

n50

BW10

n100

BW20

numSubchannel-r14

n1

}

6.6.2.3G.2.5 Test requirements

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in subclause 6.2.3G.1.3.5 for power class 3 UE as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 6, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3G.2.5-1 and 6.6.2.3G.2.5-2.

Table 6.6.2.3G.2.5-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 3 UE

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

Table 6.6.2.3G.2.5-2: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 2 UE

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

30.2 dB

30.2 dB

30.2 dB

30.2 dB

30.2 dB

30.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3G.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for V2X Communication / Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation
6.6.2.3G.3.1 Test purpose

To verify that V2X UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) when UE is configured for V2X intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation.

6.6.2.3G.3.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of UE that support Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink Communication and Band 47.

6.6.2.3G.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements

For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, the E-UTRA ACLR requirment for Bandwidth Class B specified in subclause 6.6.2.3.3A shall apply.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G, and clause 6.6.2.3.3A.

6.6.2.3G.3.4 Test description

6.6.2.3G.3.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E‑UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-4. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3G.3.4.1-1. The details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.

Table 6.6.2.3G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration

Initial Conditions

Test Environment as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1

Normal

Test Frequencies as specified in

TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1

Low range, High range

Test CC Combination setting(NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2G

Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

V2X Multi-carrier Configuration

V2X PSSCH Allocation

CC1 NRB

CC2 NRB

CC1 & CC2 Mod

CC1 and CC2 RB Allocation

50

50

QPSK

48@2+0@0

50

50

QPSK

48@2+48@2

1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, in Figure A.89a.

2. The parameter settings for V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4. 10.1. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.6.2.3G.3.4.3.

3. The UL V2X Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3G.3.4.1-1.

4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.

7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.

6.6.2.3G.3.4.2 Test procedure

1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.

2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.3G.1.4.5 for power class 3 UE. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms).

3. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA V2X sidelink channel.

4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA V2X sidelink channel.

5. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.

6.6.2.3G.3.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, 4.7.I and 4.10.

6.6.2.3G.3.5 Test requirements

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 2, shall fulfil requirements in subclause 6.2.3G.1.4.5 for power class 3 UE as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 5, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3G.3.5-1.

Table 6.6.2.3G.3.5-1: V2X UE ACLR for intra-band multi carrier operation

CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth

CA bandwidth class B and C

CA E-UTRAACLR

29.2 dB

CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

+ BWChannel_CA

/

– BWChannel_CA

6.6.2.3_s Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for subslot/slot TTI

6.6.2.3_s.1 Test purpose

To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).

6.6.2.3_s.2 Test applicability

This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 3 UE release 15 and forward that support subslot/slot TTI.

6.6.2.3_s.3 Minimum conformance requirements

ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E-UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3_s.3-1.

Figure 6.6.2.3_s.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements

6.6.2.3_s.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA

E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.1-1.

If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

30 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1.

6.6.2.3_s.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA

UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.

UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor a = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.2-1.

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

33 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

36 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2.3.2.

6.6.2.3_s.4 Test description

6.6.2.3_s.4.1 Initial conditions

Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.

The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_s.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.

Table 6.6.2.3_s.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table

Initial Conditions

Test Environment

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1)

NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH

Test Frequencies

(as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Low range, Mid range, High range

Test Channel Bandwidths

(as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1)

Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest

Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths

Downlink Configuration

Uplink Configuration

Ch BW

Mod’n

RB allocation

Mod’n

RB allocation

FDD

TDD

FDD

TDD

1.4MHz

N/A for ACLR testing

QPSK

6

6

1.4MHz

QPSK

5

5

1.4MHz

16QAM

6

6

1.4MHz

16QAM

5

5

3MHz

QPSK

15

15

3MHz

QPSK

4

4

3MHz

16QAM

15

15

3MHz

16QAM

4

4

5MHz

QPSK

25

25

5MHz

QPSK

8

8

5MHz

16QAM

25

25

5MHz

16QAM

8

8

10MHz

QPSK

50

50

10MHz

QPSK

12

12

10MHz

16QAM

50

(Note 3)

50

(Note 3)

10MHz

16QAM

12

12

15MHz

QPSK

75

75

15MHz

QPSK

16

16

15MHz

16QAM

75

(Note 3)

75

(Note 3)

15MHz

16QAM

16

16

20MHz

QPSK

100

100

20MHz

QPSK

18

18

20MHz

16QAM

100

(Note 3)

100

(Note 3)

20MHz

16QAM

18

18

Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1.

Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max + 1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth.

Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories 2-5

1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.

2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.

3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.

4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_s.4.1-1.

5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.

6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_s.4.3.

6.6.2.3_s.4.2 Test procedure

1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3_s.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.

2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.

3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3_s.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of 7 OS (0.5ms) for slot TTI and 2/3 OS for subslot TTI. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.

4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.

5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.

6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.

7. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.

8. Calculated the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for lower and upper UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, respectively.

6.6.2.3_s.4.3 Message contents

Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:

Table 6.6.2.3_s.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT (preamble)

Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 with condition Short-TTI

Information Element

Value/remark

Comment

Condition

PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE {

PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 SEQUENCE {

shortTTI-r15 SEQUENCE {

dl-STTI-Length-r15

subslot

FDD_sTTI-22 OR FDD_sTTI-27

ul-STTI-Length-r15

subslot

FDD_sTTI-22

}

}

}

Condition

Explanation

FDD_sTTI-22

FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, subslot} combination

FDD_sTTI-27

FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, slot} combination

6.6.2.3_s.5 Test requirement

6.6.2.3_s.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA

– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3.5-1 as appropriate,

and

– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_s.5.1-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_s.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

E-UTRAACLR1

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

29.2 dB

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UE channel

+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz

+3 MHz or

-3 MHz

+5MHz or

-5MHz

+10MHz or

-10MHz

+15MHz or -15MHz

+20MHz or

-20MHz

6.6.2.3_s.5.2 Test requirements UTRA

If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_s.5.2-1.

Table 6.6.2.3_s.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR

Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth

1.4

MHz

3.0

MHz

5

MHz

10

MHz

15

MHz

20

MHz

UTRAACLR1

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

32.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

0.7+BWUTRA/2

/

-0.7-BWUTRA/2

1.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-1.5-BWUTRA/2

2.5+BWUTRA/2

/
-2.5-BWUTRA/2

5+BWUTRA/2

/

-5-BWUTRA/2

7.5+BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-BWUTRA/2

10+BWUTRA/2

/

-10-BWUTRA/2

UTRAACLR2

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

35.2 dB

Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz)

2.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-2.5-3*BWUTRA/2

5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-5-3*BWUTRA/2

7.5+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-7.5-3*BWUTRA/2

10+3*BWUTRA/2

/

-10-3*BWUTRA/2

E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth

1.08 MHz

2.7 MHz

4.5 MHz

9.0 MHz

13.5 MHz

18 MHz

UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

3.84 MHz

UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

1.28 MHz

Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum.

Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum.

Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz.

6.6.2.4 Void